1 /* X Communication module for terminals which understand the X protocol.
2 Copyright (C) 1989, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
3 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GNU Emacs.
7 GNU Emacs is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
12 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
19 the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
20 Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
22 /* New display code by Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>. */
23 /* Xt features made by Fred Pierresteguy. */
27 /* On 4.3 these lose if they come after xterm.h. */
28 /* Putting these at the beginning seems to be standard for other .c files. */
36 #include "blockinput.h"
38 /* Need syssignal.h for various externs and definitions that may be required
39 by some configurations for calls to signal later in this source file. */
40 #include "syssignal.h"
42 /* This may include sys/types.h, and that somehow loses
43 if this is not done before the other system files. */
45 #include <X11/cursorfont.h>
47 /* Load sys/types.h if not already loaded.
48 In some systems loading it twice is suicidal. */
50 #include <sys/types.h>
54 #include <sys/ioctl.h>
55 #endif /* ! defined (BSD_SYSTEM) */
60 #ifndef INCLUDED_FCNTL
67 /* Caused redefinition of DBL_DIG on Netbsd; seems not to be needed. */
68 /* #include <sys/param.h> */
74 #include "dispextern.h"
76 #include "termhooks.h"
84 #include "intervals.h"
90 #include <X11/Shell.h>
93 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
105 extern int xlwmenu_window_p
P_ ((Widget w
, Window window
));
106 extern void xlwmenu_redisplay
P_ ((Widget
));
109 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
111 extern void free_frame_menubar
P_ ((struct frame
*));
112 extern struct frame
*x_menubar_window_to_frame
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*,
117 #if (XtSpecificationRelease >= 5) && !defined(NO_EDITRES)
119 extern void _XEditResCheckMessages ();
120 #endif /* not NO_EDITRES */
122 /* Include toolkit specific headers for the scroll bar widget. */
124 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
125 #if defined USE_MOTIF
126 #include <Xm/Xm.h> /* for LESSTIF_VERSION */
127 #include <Xm/ScrollBar.h>
128 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
131 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Simple.h>
132 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Scrollbar.h>
133 #include <X11/Xaw3d/ThreeD.h>
134 #else /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
135 #include <X11/Xaw/Simple.h>
136 #include <X11/Xaw/Scrollbar.h>
137 #endif /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
139 #define XtNpickTop "pickTop"
140 #endif /* !XtNpickTop */
141 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
142 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
144 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
146 #if ! defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) && ! defined (USE_GTK)
147 #define x_any_window_to_frame x_window_to_frame
148 #define x_top_window_to_frame x_window_to_frame
153 #ifndef XtNinitialState
154 #define XtNinitialState "initialState"
158 #define abs(x) ((x) < 0 ? -(x) : (x))
160 /* Default to using XIM if available. */
164 int use_xim
= 0; /* configure --without-xim */
169 /* Non-nil means Emacs uses toolkit scroll bars. */
171 Lisp_Object Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
;
173 /* Non-zero means that a HELP_EVENT has been generated since Emacs
176 static int any_help_event_p
;
178 /* Last window where we saw the mouse. Used by mouse-autoselect-window. */
179 static Lisp_Object last_window
;
181 /* Non-zero means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties. */
183 int x_use_underline_position_properties
;
185 /* Non-zero means to draw the underline at the same place as the descent line. */
187 int x_underline_at_descent_line
;
189 /* This is a chain of structures for all the X displays currently in
192 struct x_display_info
*x_display_list
;
194 /* This is a list of cons cells, each of the form (NAME
195 . FONT-LIST-CACHE), one for each element of x_display_list and in
196 the same order. NAME is the name of the frame. FONT-LIST-CACHE
197 records previous values returned by x-list-fonts. */
199 Lisp_Object x_display_name_list
;
201 /* Frame being updated by update_frame. This is declared in term.c.
202 This is set by update_begin and looked at by all the XT functions.
203 It is zero while not inside an update. In that case, the XT
204 functions assume that `selected_frame' is the frame to apply to. */
206 extern struct frame
*updating_frame
;
208 /* This is a frame waiting to be auto-raised, within XTread_socket. */
210 struct frame
*pending_autoraise_frame
;
213 /* The application context for Xt use. */
214 XtAppContext Xt_app_con
;
215 static String Xt_default_resources
[] = {0};
216 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
218 /* Non-zero means user is interacting with a toolkit scroll bar. */
220 static int toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
;
222 /* Non-zero means to not move point as a result of clicking on a
223 frame to focus it (when focus-follows-mouse is nil). */
225 int x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
;
227 /* Non-zero timeout value means ignore next mouse click if it arrives
228 before that timeout elapses (i.e. as part of the same sequence of
229 events resulting from clicking on a frame to select it). */
231 static unsigned long ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
;
235 Formerly, we used PointerMotionHintMask (in standard_event_mask)
236 so that we would have to call XQueryPointer after each MotionNotify
237 event to ask for another such event. However, this made mouse tracking
238 slow, and there was a bug that made it eventually stop.
240 Simply asking for MotionNotify all the time seems to work better.
242 In order to avoid asking for motion events and then throwing most
243 of them away or busy-polling the server for mouse positions, we ask
244 the server for pointer motion hints. This means that we get only
245 one event per group of mouse movements. "Groups" are delimited by
246 other kinds of events (focus changes and button clicks, for
247 example), or by XQueryPointer calls; when one of these happens, we
248 get another MotionNotify event the next time the mouse moves. This
249 is at least as efficient as getting motion events when mouse
250 tracking is on, and I suspect only negligibly worse when tracking
253 /* Where the mouse was last time we reported a mouse event. */
255 static XRectangle last_mouse_glyph
;
256 static FRAME_PTR last_mouse_glyph_frame
;
257 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_press_frame
;
259 /* The scroll bar in which the last X motion event occurred.
261 If the last X motion event occurred in a scroll bar, we set this so
262 XTmouse_position can know whether to report a scroll bar motion or
265 If the last X motion event didn't occur in a scroll bar, we set
266 this to Qnil, to tell XTmouse_position to return an ordinary motion
269 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_scroll_bar
;
271 /* This is a hack. We would really prefer that XTmouse_position would
272 return the time associated with the position it returns, but there
273 doesn't seem to be any way to wrest the time-stamp from the server
274 along with the position query. So, we just keep track of the time
275 of the last movement we received, and return that in hopes that
276 it's somewhat accurate. */
278 static Time last_mouse_movement_time
;
280 /* Incremented by XTread_socket whenever it really tries to read
284 static int volatile input_signal_count
;
286 static int input_signal_count
;
289 /* Used locally within XTread_socket. */
291 static int x_noop_count
;
293 /* Initial values of argv and argc. */
295 extern char **initial_argv
;
296 extern int initial_argc
;
298 extern Lisp_Object Vcommand_line_args
, Vsystem_name
;
300 /* Tells if a window manager is present or not. */
302 extern Lisp_Object Vx_no_window_manager
;
304 extern Lisp_Object Qeql
;
308 /* A mask of extra modifier bits to put into every keyboard char. */
310 extern EMACS_INT extra_keyboard_modifiers
;
312 /* The keysyms to use for the various modifiers. */
314 Lisp_Object Vx_alt_keysym
, Vx_hyper_keysym
, Vx_meta_keysym
, Vx_super_keysym
;
315 Lisp_Object Vx_keysym_table
;
316 static Lisp_Object Qalt
, Qhyper
, Qmeta
, Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
;
318 static Lisp_Object Qvendor_specific_keysyms
;
319 static Lisp_Object Qlatin_1
;
321 extern XrmDatabase x_load_resources
P_ ((Display
*, char *, char *, char *));
322 extern int x_bitmap_mask
P_ ((FRAME_PTR
, int));
324 static int x_alloc_nearest_color_1
P_ ((Display
*, Colormap
, XColor
*));
325 static void x_set_window_size_1
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int));
326 static const XColor
*x_color_cells
P_ ((Display
*, int *));
327 static void x_update_window_end
P_ ((struct window
*, int, int));
329 static int x_io_error_quitter
P_ ((Display
*));
330 static void x_font_min_bounds
P_ ((XFontStruct
*, int *, int *));
331 static int x_compute_min_glyph_bounds
P_ ((struct frame
*));
332 static void x_update_end
P_ ((struct frame
*));
333 static void XTframe_up_to_date
P_ ((struct frame
*));
334 static void XTset_terminal_modes
P_ ((void));
335 static void XTreset_terminal_modes
P_ ((void));
336 static void x_clear_frame
P_ ((void));
337 static void frame_highlight
P_ ((struct frame
*));
338 static void frame_unhighlight
P_ ((struct frame
*));
339 static void x_new_focus_frame
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*, struct frame
*));
340 static void x_focus_changed
P_ ((int, int, struct x_display_info
*,
341 struct frame
*, struct input_event
*));
342 static void x_detect_focus_change
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*,
343 XEvent
*, struct input_event
*));
344 static void XTframe_rehighlight
P_ ((struct frame
*));
345 static void x_frame_rehighlight
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*));
346 static void x_draw_hollow_cursor
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*));
347 static void x_draw_bar_cursor
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int,
348 enum text_cursor_kinds
));
350 static void x_clip_to_row
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int, GC
));
351 static void x_flush
P_ ((struct frame
*f
));
352 static void x_update_begin
P_ ((struct frame
*));
353 static void x_update_window_begin
P_ ((struct window
*));
354 static void x_after_update_window_line
P_ ((struct glyph_row
*));
355 static struct scroll_bar
*x_window_to_scroll_bar
P_ ((Display
*, Window
));
356 static void x_scroll_bar_report_motion
P_ ((struct frame
**, Lisp_Object
*,
357 enum scroll_bar_part
*,
358 Lisp_Object
*, Lisp_Object
*,
360 static void x_check_fullscreen
P_ ((struct frame
*));
361 static void x_check_expected_move
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int));
362 static void x_sync_with_move
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int));
363 static int handle_one_xevent
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*, XEvent
*,
364 int *, struct input_event
*));
365 static SIGTYPE x_connection_closed
P_ ((Display
*, char *)) NO_RETURN
;
368 /* Flush display of frame F, or of all frames if F is null. */
377 Lisp_Object rest
, frame
;
378 FOR_EACH_FRAME (rest
, frame
)
379 x_flush (XFRAME (frame
));
381 else if (FRAME_X_P (f
))
382 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
387 /* Remove calls to XFlush by defining XFlush to an empty replacement.
388 Calls to XFlush should be unnecessary because the X output buffer
389 is flushed automatically as needed by calls to XPending,
390 XNextEvent, or XWindowEvent according to the XFlush man page.
391 XTread_socket calls XPending. Removing XFlush improves
394 #define XFlush(DISPLAY) (void) 0
397 /***********************************************************************
399 ***********************************************************************/
403 /* This is a function useful for recording debugging information about
404 the sequence of occurrences in this file. */
412 struct record event_record
[100];
414 int event_record_index
;
416 record_event (locus
, type
)
420 if (event_record_index
== sizeof (event_record
) / sizeof (struct record
))
421 event_record_index
= 0;
423 event_record
[event_record_index
].locus
= locus
;
424 event_record
[event_record_index
].type
= type
;
425 event_record_index
++;
432 /* Return the struct x_display_info corresponding to DPY. */
434 struct x_display_info
*
435 x_display_info_for_display (dpy
)
438 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
440 for (dpyinfo
= x_display_list
; dpyinfo
; dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
)
441 if (dpyinfo
->display
== dpy
)
449 /***********************************************************************
450 Starting and ending an update
451 ***********************************************************************/
453 /* Start an update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook
454 for update_begin, i.e. it is called when update_begin is called.
455 This function is called prior to calls to x_update_window_begin for
456 each window being updated. Currently, there is nothing to do here
457 because all interesting stuff is done on a window basis. */
467 /* Start update of window W. Set the global variable updated_window
468 to the window being updated and set output_cursor to the cursor
472 x_update_window_begin (w
)
475 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
476 struct x_display_info
*display_info
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
479 set_output_cursor (&w
->cursor
);
483 if (f
== display_info
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
485 /* Don't do highlighting for mouse motion during the update. */
486 display_info
->mouse_face_defer
= 1;
488 /* If F needs to be redrawn, simply forget about any prior mouse
490 if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f
))
491 display_info
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
493 #if 0 /* Rows in a current matrix containing glyphs in mouse-face have
494 their mouse_face_p flag set, which means that they are always
495 unequal to rows in a desired matrix which never have that
496 flag set. So, rows containing mouse-face glyphs are never
497 scrolled, and we don't have to switch the mouse highlight off
498 here to prevent it from being scrolled. */
500 /* Can we tell that this update does not affect the window
501 where the mouse highlight is? If so, no need to turn off.
502 Likewise, don't do anything if the frame is garbaged;
503 in that case, the frame's current matrix that we would use
504 is all wrong, and we will redisplay that line anyway. */
505 if (!NILP (display_info
->mouse_face_window
)
506 && w
== XWINDOW (display_info
->mouse_face_window
))
510 for (i
= 0; i
< w
->desired_matrix
->nrows
; ++i
)
511 if (MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (w
->desired_matrix
, i
))
514 if (i
< w
->desired_matrix
->nrows
)
515 clear_mouse_face (display_info
);
524 /* Draw a vertical window border from (x,y0) to (x,y1) */
527 x_draw_vertical_window_border (w
, x
, y0
, y1
)
531 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
534 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, VERTICAL_BORDER_FACE_ID
);
536 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
539 XDrawLine (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
540 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, x
, y0
, x
, y1
);
543 /* End update of window W (which is equal to updated_window).
545 Draw vertical borders between horizontally adjacent windows, and
546 display W's cursor if CURSOR_ON_P is non-zero.
548 MOUSE_FACE_OVERWRITTEN_P non-zero means that some row containing
549 glyphs in mouse-face were overwritten. In that case we have to
550 make sure that the mouse-highlight is properly redrawn.
552 W may be a menu bar pseudo-window in case we don't have X toolkit
553 support. Such windows don't have a cursor, so don't display it
557 x_update_window_end (w
, cursor_on_p
, mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
559 int cursor_on_p
, mouse_face_overwritten_p
;
561 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (w
->frame
));
563 if (!w
->pseudo_window_p
)
568 display_and_set_cursor (w
, 1, output_cursor
.hpos
,
570 output_cursor
.x
, output_cursor
.y
);
572 if (draw_window_fringes (w
, 1))
573 x_draw_vertical_border (w
);
578 /* If a row with mouse-face was overwritten, arrange for
579 XTframe_up_to_date to redisplay the mouse highlight. */
580 if (mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
582 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
583 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
584 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
587 updated_window
= NULL
;
591 /* End update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook in
598 /* Mouse highlight may be displayed again. */
599 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
603 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
609 /* This function is called from various places in xdisp.c whenever a
610 complete update has been performed. The global variable
611 updated_window is not available here. */
614 XTframe_up_to_date (f
)
619 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
621 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
622 || f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
625 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
626 note_mouse_highlight (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
,
627 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
,
628 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
);
629 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
636 /* Draw truncation mark bitmaps, continuation mark bitmaps, overlay
637 arrow bitmaps, or clear the fringes if no bitmaps are required
638 before DESIRED_ROW is made current. The window being updated is
639 found in updated_window. This function It is called from
640 update_window_line only if it is known that there are differences
641 between bitmaps to be drawn between current row and DESIRED_ROW. */
644 x_after_update_window_line (desired_row
)
645 struct glyph_row
*desired_row
;
647 struct window
*w
= updated_window
;
653 if (!desired_row
->mode_line_p
&& !w
->pseudo_window_p
)
654 desired_row
->redraw_fringe_bitmaps_p
= 1;
656 /* When a window has disappeared, make sure that no rest of
657 full-width rows stays visible in the internal border. Could
658 check here if updated_window is the leftmost/rightmost window,
659 but I guess it's not worth doing since vertically split windows
660 are almost never used, internal border is rarely set, and the
661 overhead is very small. */
662 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
663 && desired_row
->full_width_p
664 && (f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
),
665 width
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
667 && (height
= desired_row
->visible_height
,
670 int y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, desired_row
->y
));
672 /* Internal border is drawn below the tool bar. */
673 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
674 && w
== XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
))
678 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
679 0, y
, width
, height
, False
);
680 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
681 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - width
,
682 y
, width
, height
, False
);
688 x_draw_fringe_bitmap (w
, row
, p
)
690 struct glyph_row
*row
;
691 struct draw_fringe_bitmap_params
*p
;
693 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
694 Display
*display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
695 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
696 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
697 struct face
*face
= p
->face
;
700 /* Must clip because of partially visible lines. */
701 rowY
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, row
->y
);
704 /* Adjust position of "bottom aligned" bitmap on partially
707 int oldVH
= row
->visible_height
;
708 row
->visible_height
= p
->h
;
709 row
->y
-= rowY
- p
->y
;
710 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, -1, gc
);
712 row
->visible_height
= oldVH
;
715 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, -1, gc
);
717 if (p
->bx
>= 0 && !p
->overlay_p
)
719 /* In case the same realized face is used for fringes and
720 for something displayed in the text (e.g. face `region' on
721 mono-displays, the fill style may have been changed to
722 FillSolid in x_draw_glyph_string_background. */
724 XSetFillStyle (display
, face
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
726 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->background
);
728 XFillRectangle (display
, window
, face
->gc
,
729 p
->bx
, p
->by
, p
->nx
, p
->ny
);
732 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->foreground
);
738 Pixmap pixmap
, clipmask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
739 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f
));
743 bits
= (unsigned char *)(p
->bits
+ p
->dh
);
745 bits
= (unsigned char *)p
->bits
+ p
->dh
;
747 /* Draw the bitmap. I believe these small pixmaps can be cached
749 pixmap
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
, window
, bits
, p
->wd
, p
->h
,
751 ? (p
->overlay_p
? face
->background
752 : f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
754 face
->background
, depth
);
758 clipmask
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
,
759 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
,
762 gcv
.clip_mask
= clipmask
;
763 gcv
.clip_x_origin
= p
->x
;
764 gcv
.clip_y_origin
= p
->y
;
765 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
, &gcv
);
768 XCopyArea (display
, pixmap
, window
, gc
, 0, 0,
769 p
->wd
, p
->h
, p
->x
, p
->y
);
770 XFreePixmap (display
, pixmap
);
774 gcv
.clip_mask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
775 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
, &gcv
);
776 XFreePixmap (display
, clipmask
);
780 XSetClipMask (display
, gc
, None
);
785 /* This is called when starting Emacs and when restarting after
786 suspend. When starting Emacs, no X window is mapped. And nothing
787 must be done to Emacs's own window if it is suspended (though that
791 XTset_terminal_modes ()
795 /* This is called when exiting or suspending Emacs. Exiting will make
796 the X-windows go away, and suspending requires no action. */
799 XTreset_terminal_modes ()
805 /***********************************************************************
807 ***********************************************************************/
809 /* Function prototypes of this page. */
811 static int x_encode_char
P_ ((int, XChar2b
*, struct font_info
*, int *));
814 /* Get metrics of character CHAR2B in FONT. Value is null if CHAR2B
815 is not contained in the font. */
818 x_per_char_metric (font
, char2b
, font_type
)
821 int font_type
; /* unused on X */
823 /* The result metric information. */
824 XCharStruct
*pcm
= NULL
;
826 xassert (font
&& char2b
);
828 if (font
->per_char
!= NULL
)
830 if (font
->min_byte1
== 0 && font
->max_byte1
== 0)
832 /* min_char_or_byte2 specifies the linear character index
833 corresponding to the first element of the per_char array,
834 max_char_or_byte2 is the index of the last character. A
835 character with non-zero CHAR2B->byte1 is not in the font.
836 A character with byte2 less than min_char_or_byte2 or
837 greater max_char_or_byte2 is not in the font. */
838 if (char2b
->byte1
== 0
839 && char2b
->byte2
>= font
->min_char_or_byte2
840 && char2b
->byte2
<= font
->max_char_or_byte2
)
841 pcm
= font
->per_char
+ char2b
->byte2
- font
->min_char_or_byte2
;
845 /* If either min_byte1 or max_byte1 are nonzero, both
846 min_char_or_byte2 and max_char_or_byte2 are less than
847 256, and the 2-byte character index values corresponding
848 to the per_char array element N (counting from 0) are:
850 byte1 = N/D + min_byte1
851 byte2 = N\D + min_char_or_byte2
855 D = max_char_or_byte2 - min_char_or_byte2 + 1
857 \ = integer modulus */
858 if (char2b
->byte1
>= font
->min_byte1
859 && char2b
->byte1
<= font
->max_byte1
860 && char2b
->byte2
>= font
->min_char_or_byte2
861 && char2b
->byte2
<= font
->max_char_or_byte2
)
863 pcm
= (font
->per_char
864 + ((font
->max_char_or_byte2
- font
->min_char_or_byte2
+ 1)
865 * (char2b
->byte1
- font
->min_byte1
))
866 + (char2b
->byte2
- font
->min_char_or_byte2
));
872 /* If the per_char pointer is null, all glyphs between the first
873 and last character indexes inclusive have the same
874 information, as given by both min_bounds and max_bounds. */
875 if (char2b
->byte2
>= font
->min_char_or_byte2
876 && char2b
->byte2
<= font
->max_char_or_byte2
)
877 pcm
= &font
->max_bounds
;
881 || (pcm
->width
== 0 && (pcm
->rbearing
- pcm
->lbearing
) == 0))
886 /* Encode CHAR2B using encoding information from FONT_INFO. CHAR2B is
887 the two-byte form of C. Encoding is returned in *CHAR2B. */
890 x_encode_char (c
, char2b
, font_info
, two_byte_p
)
893 struct font_info
*font_info
;
896 int charset
= CHAR_CHARSET (c
);
897 XFontStruct
*font
= font_info
->font
;
899 /* FONT_INFO may define a scheme by which to encode byte1 and byte2.
900 This may be either a program in a special encoder language or a
902 if (font_info
->font_encoder
)
904 /* It's a program. */
905 struct ccl_program
*ccl
= font_info
->font_encoder
;
907 check_ccl_update (ccl
);
908 if (CHARSET_DIMENSION (charset
) == 1)
910 ccl
->reg
[0] = charset
;
911 ccl
->reg
[1] = char2b
->byte2
;
916 ccl
->reg
[0] = charset
;
917 ccl
->reg
[1] = char2b
->byte1
;
918 ccl
->reg
[2] = char2b
->byte2
;
921 ccl_driver (ccl
, NULL
, NULL
, 0, 0, NULL
);
923 /* We assume that MSBs are appropriately set/reset by CCL
925 if (font
->max_byte1
== 0) /* 1-byte font */
926 char2b
->byte1
= 0, char2b
->byte2
= ccl
->reg
[1];
928 char2b
->byte1
= ccl
->reg
[1], char2b
->byte2
= ccl
->reg
[2];
930 else if (font_info
->encoding
[charset
])
932 /* Fixed encoding scheme. See fontset.h for the meaning of the
934 int enc
= font_info
->encoding
[charset
];
936 if ((enc
== 1 || enc
== 2)
937 && CHARSET_DIMENSION (charset
) == 2)
938 char2b
->byte1
|= 0x80;
940 if (enc
== 1 || enc
== 3)
941 char2b
->byte2
|= 0x80;
945 *two_byte_p
= ((XFontStruct
*) (font_info
->font
))->max_byte1
> 0;
947 return FONT_TYPE_UNKNOWN
;
952 /***********************************************************************
954 ***********************************************************************/
958 static void x_set_glyph_string_clipping
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
959 static void x_set_glyph_string_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
960 static void x_draw_glyph_string_background
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*,
962 static void x_draw_glyph_string_foreground
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
963 static void x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
964 static void x_draw_glyph_string_box
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
965 static void x_draw_glyph_string
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
966 static void x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
967 static void x_set_cursor_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
968 static void x_set_mode_line_face_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
969 static void x_set_mouse_face_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
970 static int x_alloc_lighter_color
P_ ((struct frame
*, Display
*, Colormap
,
971 unsigned long *, double, int));
972 static void x_setup_relief_color
P_ ((struct frame
*, struct relief
*,
973 double, int, unsigned long));
974 static void x_setup_relief_colors
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
975 static void x_draw_image_glyph_string
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
976 static void x_draw_image_relief
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
977 static void x_draw_image_foreground
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
978 static void x_draw_image_foreground_1
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, Pixmap
));
979 static void x_clear_glyph_string_rect
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, int,
981 static void x_draw_relief_rect
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int, int,
982 int, int, int, int, int, int,
984 static void x_draw_box_rect
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, int, int, int, int,
985 int, int, int, XRectangle
*));
988 static void x_check_font
P_ ((struct frame
*, XFontStruct
*));
992 /* Set S->gc to a suitable GC for drawing glyph string S in cursor
997 struct glyph_string
*s
;
999 if (s
->font
== FRAME_FONT (s
->f
)
1000 && s
->face
->background
== FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
1001 && s
->face
->foreground
== FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
1003 s
->gc
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_gc
;
1006 /* Cursor on non-default face: must merge. */
1010 xgcv
.background
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
1011 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
1013 /* If the glyph would be invisible, try a different foreground. */
1014 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
1015 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1016 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
1017 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
;
1018 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
1019 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1021 /* Make sure the cursor is distinct from text in this face. */
1022 if (xgcv
.background
== s
->face
->background
1023 && xgcv
.foreground
== s
->face
->foreground
)
1025 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1026 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
1029 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s
->f
, s
->font
));
1030 xgcv
.font
= s
->font
->fid
;
1031 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1032 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCFont
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1034 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
1035 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
1038 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
1039 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1041 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
1046 /* Set up S->gc of glyph string S for drawing text in mouse face. */
1049 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
)
1050 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1055 /* What face has to be used last for the mouse face? */
1056 face_id
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->mouse_face_face_id
;
1057 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
1059 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, MOUSE_FACE_ID
);
1061 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
1062 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, s
->first_glyph
->u
.ch
);
1064 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, 0);
1065 s
->face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
1066 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
1068 /* If font in this face is same as S->font, use it. */
1069 if (s
->font
== s
->face
->font
)
1070 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1073 /* Otherwise construct scratch_cursor_gc with values from FACE
1078 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->background
;
1079 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1080 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s
->f
, s
->font
));
1081 xgcv
.font
= s
->font
->fid
;
1082 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1083 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCFont
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1085 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
1086 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
1089 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
1090 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1092 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
1095 xassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1099 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S to a GC suitable for drawing a mode line.
1100 Faces to use in the mode line have already been computed when the
1101 matrix was built, so there isn't much to do, here. */
1104 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s
)
1105 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1107 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1111 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S for drawing that glyph string. Set
1112 S->stippled_p to a non-zero value if the face of S has a stipple
1116 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
)
1117 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1119 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
1121 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
)
1123 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1124 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1126 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO
)
1128 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s
);
1129 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1131 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
1133 x_set_cursor_gc (s
);
1136 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
)
1138 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
1139 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1141 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
1142 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
1144 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1145 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1149 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1150 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1153 /* GC must have been set. */
1154 xassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1158 /* Set clipping for output of glyph string S. S may be part of a mode
1159 line or menu if we don't have X toolkit support. */
1162 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
)
1163 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1166 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
1167 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
1172 Compute left and right overhang of glyph string S. If S is a glyph
1173 string for a composition, assume overhangs don't exist. */
1176 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (s
)
1177 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1180 && s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
1183 int direction
, font_ascent
, font_descent
;
1184 XTextExtents16 (s
->font
, s
->char2b
, s
->nchars
, &direction
,
1185 &font_ascent
, &font_descent
, &cs
);
1186 s
->right_overhang
= cs
.rbearing
> cs
.width
? cs
.rbearing
- cs
.width
: 0;
1187 s
->left_overhang
= cs
.lbearing
< 0 ? -cs
.lbearing
: 0;
1192 /* Fill rectangle X, Y, W, H with background color of glyph string S. */
1195 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
)
1196 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1200 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
1201 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
1202 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
1203 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
1207 /* Draw the background of glyph_string S. If S->background_filled_p
1208 is non-zero don't draw it. FORCE_P non-zero means draw the
1209 background even if it wouldn't be drawn normally. This is used
1210 when a string preceding S draws into the background of S, or S
1211 contains the first component of a composition. */
1214 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, force_p
)
1215 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1218 /* Nothing to do if background has already been drawn or if it
1219 shouldn't be drawn in the first place. */
1220 if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
1222 int box_line_width
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
1226 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
1227 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
1228 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
,
1229 s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1230 s
->background_width
,
1231 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1232 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
1233 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1235 else if (FONT_HEIGHT (s
->font
) < s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
1236 || s
->font_not_found_p
1237 || s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
1240 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1241 s
->background_width
,
1242 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1243 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1249 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S. */
1252 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s
)
1253 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1257 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1258 of S to the right of that box line. */
1259 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1260 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1261 x
= s
->x
+ abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1265 /* Draw characters of S as rectangles if S's font could not be
1267 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1269 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; ++i
)
1271 struct glyph
*g
= s
->first_glyph
+ i
;
1272 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
,
1273 s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
, g
->pixel_width
- 1,
1275 x
+= g
->pixel_width
;
1280 char *char1b
= (char *) s
->char2b
;
1281 int boff
= s
->font_info
->baseline_offset
;
1283 if (s
->font_info
->vertical_centering
)
1284 boff
= VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (s
->font
, s
->f
) - boff
;
1286 /* If we can use 8-bit functions, condense S->char2b. */
1288 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; ++i
)
1289 char1b
[i
] = s
->char2b
[i
].byte2
;
1291 /* Draw text with XDrawString if background has already been
1292 filled. Otherwise, use XDrawImageString. (Note that
1293 XDrawImageString is usually faster than XDrawString.) Always
1294 use XDrawImageString when drawing the cursor so that there is
1295 no chance that characters under a box cursor are invisible. */
1297 || (s
->background_filled_p
&& s
->hl
!= DRAW_CURSOR
))
1299 /* Draw characters with 16-bit or 8-bit functions. */
1301 XDrawString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
,
1302 s
->ybase
- boff
, s
->char2b
, s
->nchars
);
1304 XDrawString (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
,
1305 s
->ybase
- boff
, char1b
, s
->nchars
);
1310 XDrawImageString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
,
1311 s
->ybase
- boff
, s
->char2b
, s
->nchars
);
1313 XDrawImageString (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
,
1314 s
->ybase
- boff
, char1b
, s
->nchars
);
1317 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1319 /* For overstriking (to simulate bold-face), draw the
1320 characters again shifted to the right by one pixel. */
1322 XDrawString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
+ 1,
1323 s
->ybase
- boff
, s
->char2b
, s
->nchars
);
1325 XDrawString (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
+ 1,
1326 s
->ybase
- boff
, char1b
, s
->nchars
);
1331 /* Draw the foreground of composite glyph string S. */
1334 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s
)
1335 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1339 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1340 of S to the right of that box line. */
1341 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1342 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1343 x
= s
->x
+ abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1347 /* S is a glyph string for a composition. S->gidx is the index of
1348 the first character drawn for glyphs of this composition.
1349 S->gidx == 0 means we are drawing the very first character of
1350 this composition. */
1352 /* Draw a rectangle for the composition if the font for the very
1353 first character of the composition could not be loaded. */
1354 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1357 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
,
1358 s
->width
- 1, s
->height
- 1);
1362 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++, ++s
->gidx
)
1364 XDrawString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
1365 x
+ s
->cmp
->offsets
[s
->gidx
* 2],
1366 s
->ybase
- s
->cmp
->offsets
[s
->gidx
* 2 + 1],
1368 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1369 XDrawString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
1370 x
+ s
->cmp
->offsets
[s
->gidx
* 2] + 1,
1371 s
->ybase
- s
->cmp
->offsets
[s
->gidx
* 2 + 1],
1378 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
1380 static struct frame
*x_frame_of_widget
P_ ((Widget
));
1381 static Boolean cvt_string_to_pixel
P_ ((Display
*, XrmValue
*, Cardinal
*,
1382 XrmValue
*, XrmValue
*, XtPointer
*));
1383 static void cvt_pixel_dtor
P_ ((XtAppContext
, XrmValue
*, XtPointer
,
1384 XrmValue
*, Cardinal
*));
1387 /* Return the frame on which widget WIDGET is used.. Abort if frame
1388 cannot be determined. */
1390 static struct frame
*
1391 x_frame_of_widget (widget
)
1394 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
1398 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (XtDisplay (widget
));
1400 /* Find the top-level shell of the widget. Note that this function
1401 can be called when the widget is not yet realized, so XtWindow
1402 (widget) == 0. That's the reason we can't simply use
1403 x_any_window_to_frame. */
1404 while (!XtIsTopLevelShell (widget
))
1405 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
1407 /* Look for a frame with that top-level widget. Allocate the color
1408 on that frame to get the right gamma correction value. */
1409 for (tail
= Vframe_list
; GC_CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
1410 if (GC_FRAMEP (XCAR (tail
))
1411 && (f
= XFRAME (XCAR (tail
)),
1412 (f
->output_data
.nothing
!= 1
1413 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
))
1414 && f
->output_data
.x
->widget
== widget
)
1421 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on the screen and display of
1422 widget WIDGET in colormap CMAP. If an exact match cannot be
1423 allocated, try the nearest color available. Value is non-zero
1424 if successful. This is called from lwlib. */
1427 x_alloc_nearest_color_for_widget (widget
, cmap
, color
)
1432 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
1433 return x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, color
);
1437 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1438 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1439 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1440 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1441 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1442 Value is non-zero if successful. */
1445 x_alloc_lighter_color_for_widget (widget
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
)
1449 unsigned long *pixel
;
1453 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
1454 return x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
);
1458 /* Structure specifying which arguments should be passed by Xt to
1459 cvt_string_to_pixel. We want the widget's screen and colormap. */
1461 static XtConvertArgRec cvt_string_to_pixel_args
[] =
1463 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.screen
),
1465 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.colormap
),
1470 /* The address of this variable is returned by
1471 cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1473 static Pixel cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1476 /* Convert a color name to a pixel color.
1478 DPY is the display we are working on.
1480 ARGS is an array of *NARGS XrmValue structures holding additional
1481 information about the widget for which the conversion takes place.
1482 The contents of this array are determined by the specification
1483 in cvt_string_to_pixel_args.
1485 FROM is a pointer to an XrmValue which points to the color name to
1486 convert. TO is an XrmValue in which to return the pixel color.
1488 CLOSURE_RET is a pointer to user-data, in which we record if
1489 we allocated the color or not.
1491 Value is True if successful, False otherwise. */
1494 cvt_string_to_pixel (dpy
, args
, nargs
, from
, to
, closure_ret
)
1498 XrmValue
*from
, *to
;
1499 XtPointer
*closure_ret
;
1509 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1510 "wrongParameters", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1512 "Screen and colormap args required", NULL
, NULL
);
1516 screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1517 cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1518 color_name
= (String
) from
->addr
;
1520 if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultBackground
) == 0)
1522 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1523 pixel
= WhitePixelOfScreen (screen
);
1525 else if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultForeground
) == 0)
1527 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1528 pixel
= BlackPixelOfScreen (screen
);
1530 else if (XParseColor (dpy
, cmap
, color_name
, &color
)
1531 && x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (dpy
, cmap
, &color
))
1533 pixel
= color
.pixel
;
1534 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) True
;
1539 Cardinal nparams
= 1;
1541 params
[0] = color_name
;
1542 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1543 "badValue", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1544 "XtToolkitError", "Invalid color `%s'",
1549 if (to
->addr
!= NULL
)
1551 if (to
->size
< sizeof (Pixel
))
1553 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1557 *(Pixel
*) to
->addr
= pixel
;
1561 cvt_string_to_pixel_value
= pixel
;
1562 to
->addr
= (XtPointer
) &cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1565 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1570 /* Free a pixel color which was previously allocated via
1571 cvt_string_to_pixel. This is registered as the destructor
1572 for this type of resource via XtSetTypeConverter.
1574 APP is the application context in which we work.
1576 TO is a pointer to an XrmValue holding the color to free.
1577 CLOSURE is the value we stored in CLOSURE_RET for this color
1578 in cvt_string_to_pixel.
1580 ARGS and NARGS are like for cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1583 cvt_pixel_dtor (app
, to
, closure
, args
, nargs
)
1592 XtAppWarningMsg (app
, "wrongParameters", "cvt_pixel_dtor",
1594 "Screen and colormap arguments required",
1597 else if (closure
!= NULL
)
1599 /* We did allocate the pixel, so free it. */
1600 Screen
*screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1601 Colormap cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1602 x_free_dpy_colors (DisplayOfScreen (screen
), screen
, cmap
,
1603 (Pixel
*) to
->addr
, 1);
1608 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
1611 /* Value is an array of XColor structures for the contents of the
1612 color map of display DPY. Set *NCELLS to the size of the array.
1613 Note that this probably shouldn't be called for large color maps,
1614 say a 24-bit TrueColor map. */
1616 static const XColor
*
1617 x_color_cells (dpy
, ncells
)
1621 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1623 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
== NULL
)
1625 Screen
*screen
= dpyinfo
->screen
;
1628 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
1629 = XDisplayCells (dpy
, XScreenNumberOfScreen (screen
));
1630 dpyinfo
->color_cells
1631 = (XColor
*) xmalloc (dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
1632 * sizeof *dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1634 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
; ++i
)
1635 dpyinfo
->color_cells
[i
].pixel
= i
;
1637 XQueryColors (dpy
, dpyinfo
->cmap
,
1638 dpyinfo
->color_cells
, dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
1641 *ncells
= dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
;
1642 return dpyinfo
->color_cells
;
1646 /* On frame F, translate pixel colors to RGB values for the NCOLORS
1647 colors in COLORS. Use cached information, if available. */
1650 x_query_colors (f
, colors
, ncolors
)
1655 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1657 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
)
1660 for (i
= 0; i
< ncolors
; ++i
)
1662 unsigned long pixel
= colors
[i
].pixel
;
1663 xassert (pixel
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
1664 xassert (dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
].pixel
== pixel
);
1665 colors
[i
] = dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
];
1669 XQueryColors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), colors
, ncolors
);
1673 /* On frame F, translate pixel color to RGB values for the color in
1674 COLOR. Use cached information, if available. */
1677 x_query_color (f
, color
)
1681 x_query_colors (f
, color
, 1);
1685 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on DISPLAY, colormap CMAP. If an
1686 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1687 Value is non-zero if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1691 x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (dpy
, cmap
, color
)
1698 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
);
1701 /* If we got to this point, the colormap is full, so we're going
1702 to try to get the next closest color. The algorithm used is
1703 a least-squares matching, which is what X uses for closest
1704 color matching with StaticColor visuals. */
1706 unsigned long nearest_delta
= ~0;
1708 const XColor
*cells
= x_color_cells (dpy
, &ncells
);
1710 for (nearest
= i
= 0; i
< ncells
; ++i
)
1712 long dred
= (color
->red
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].red
>> 8);
1713 long dgreen
= (color
->green
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].green
>> 8);
1714 long dblue
= (color
->blue
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].blue
>> 8);
1715 unsigned long delta
= dred
* dred
+ dgreen
* dgreen
+ dblue
* dblue
;
1717 if (delta
< nearest_delta
)
1720 nearest_delta
= delta
;
1724 color
->red
= cells
[nearest
].red
;
1725 color
->green
= cells
[nearest
].green
;
1726 color
->blue
= cells
[nearest
].blue
;
1727 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
);
1731 /* If allocation succeeded, and the allocated pixel color is not
1732 equal to a cached pixel color recorded earlier, there was a
1733 change in the colormap, so clear the color cache. */
1734 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1735 XColor
*cached_color
;
1737 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
1738 && (cached_color
= &dpyinfo
->color_cells
[color
->pixel
],
1739 (cached_color
->red
!= color
->red
1740 || cached_color
->blue
!= color
->blue
1741 || cached_color
->green
!= color
->green
)))
1743 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1744 dpyinfo
->color_cells
= NULL
;
1745 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
= 0;
1749 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1751 register_color (color
->pixel
);
1752 #endif /* DEBUG_X_COLORS */
1758 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on frame F, colormap CMAP. If an
1759 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1760 Value is non-zero if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1764 x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, color
)
1769 gamma_correct (f
, color
);
1770 return x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), cmap
, color
);
1774 /* Allocate color PIXEL on frame F. PIXEL must already be allocated.
1775 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
1776 get color reference counts right. */
1779 x_copy_color (f
, pixel
)
1781 unsigned long pixel
;
1785 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
1787 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1788 XAllocColor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), &color
);
1790 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1791 register_color (pixel
);
1797 /* Allocate color PIXEL on display DPY. PIXEL must already be allocated.
1798 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
1799 get color reference counts right. */
1802 x_copy_dpy_color (dpy
, cmap
, pixel
)
1805 unsigned long pixel
;
1809 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
1811 XQueryColor (dpy
, cmap
, &color
);
1812 XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, &color
);
1814 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1815 register_color (pixel
);
1821 /* Brightness beyond which a color won't have its highlight brightness
1824 Nominally, highlight colors for `3d' faces are calculated by
1825 brightening an object's color by a constant scale factor, but this
1826 doesn't yield good results for dark colors, so for colors who's
1827 brightness is less than this value (on a scale of 0-65535) have an
1828 use an additional additive factor.
1830 The value here is set so that the default menu-bar/mode-line color
1831 (grey75) will not have its highlights changed at all. */
1832 #define HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT 48000
1835 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1836 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1837 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1838 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1839 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1840 Value is non-zero if successful. */
1843 x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
)
1847 unsigned long *pixel
;
1855 /* Get RGB color values. */
1856 color
.pixel
= *pixel
;
1857 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1859 /* Change RGB values by specified FACTOR. Avoid overflow! */
1860 xassert (factor
>= 0);
1861 new.red
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.red
);
1862 new.green
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.green
);
1863 new.blue
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.blue
);
1865 /* Calculate brightness of COLOR. */
1866 bright
= (2 * color
.red
+ 3 * color
.green
+ color
.blue
) / 6;
1868 /* We only boost colors that are darker than
1869 HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT. */
1870 if (bright
< HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
)
1871 /* Make an additive adjustment to NEW, because it's dark enough so
1872 that scaling by FACTOR alone isn't enough. */
1874 /* How far below the limit this color is (0 - 1, 1 being darker). */
1875 double dimness
= 1 - (double)bright
/ HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
;
1876 /* The additive adjustment. */
1877 int min_delta
= delta
* dimness
* factor
/ 2;
1881 new.red
= max (0, new.red
- min_delta
);
1882 new.green
= max (0, new.green
- min_delta
);
1883 new.blue
= max (0, new.blue
- min_delta
);
1887 new.red
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.red
);
1888 new.green
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.green
);
1889 new.blue
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.blue
);
1893 /* Try to allocate the color. */
1894 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1897 if (new.pixel
== *pixel
)
1899 /* If we end up with the same color as before, try adding
1900 delta to the RGB values. */
1901 x_free_colors (f
, &new.pixel
, 1);
1903 new.red
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.red
);
1904 new.green
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.green
);
1905 new.blue
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.blue
);
1906 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1917 /* Set up the foreground color for drawing relief lines of glyph
1918 string S. RELIEF is a pointer to a struct relief containing the GC
1919 with which lines will be drawn. Use a color that is FACTOR or
1920 DELTA lighter or darker than the relief's background which is found
1921 in S->f->output_data.x->relief_background. If such a color cannot
1922 be allocated, use DEFAULT_PIXEL, instead. */
1925 x_setup_relief_color (f
, relief
, factor
, delta
, default_pixel
)
1927 struct relief
*relief
;
1930 unsigned long default_pixel
;
1933 struct x_output
*di
= f
->output_data
.x
;
1934 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCLineWidth
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1935 unsigned long pixel
;
1936 unsigned long background
= di
->relief_background
;
1937 Colormap cmap
= FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
);
1938 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1939 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
1941 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1942 xgcv
.line_width
= 1;
1944 /* Free previously allocated color. The color cell will be reused
1945 when it has been freed as many times as it was allocated, so this
1946 doesn't affect faces using the same colors. */
1948 && relief
->allocated_p
)
1950 x_free_colors (f
, &relief
->pixel
, 1);
1951 relief
->allocated_p
= 0;
1954 /* Allocate new color. */
1955 xgcv
.foreground
= default_pixel
;
1957 if (dpyinfo
->n_planes
!= 1
1958 && x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, dpy
, cmap
, &pixel
, factor
, delta
))
1960 relief
->allocated_p
= 1;
1961 xgcv
.foreground
= relief
->pixel
= pixel
;
1964 if (relief
->gc
== 0)
1966 xgcv
.stipple
= dpyinfo
->gray
;
1968 relief
->gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), mask
, &xgcv
);
1971 XChangeGC (dpy
, relief
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1975 /* Set up colors for the relief lines around glyph string S. */
1978 x_setup_relief_colors (s
)
1979 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1981 struct x_output
*di
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
;
1982 unsigned long color
;
1984 if (s
->face
->use_box_color_for_shadows_p
)
1985 color
= s
->face
->box_color
;
1986 else if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
1988 && !IMAGE_BACKGROUND_TRANSPARENT (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0))
1989 color
= IMAGE_BACKGROUND (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0);
1994 /* Get the background color of the face. */
1995 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
1996 color
= xgcv
.background
;
1999 if (di
->white_relief
.gc
== 0
2000 || color
!= di
->relief_background
)
2002 di
->relief_background
= color
;
2003 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->white_relief
, 1.2, 0x8000,
2004 WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
2005 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->black_relief
, 0.6, 0x4000,
2006 BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
2011 /* Draw a relief on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X,
2012 TOP_Y, RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the relief
2013 to draw, it must be >= 0. RAISED_P non-zero means draw a raised
2014 relief. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the left side of
2015 the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the right
2016 side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping rectangle to use
2020 x_draw_relief_rect (f
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2021 raised_p
, top_p
, bot_p
, left_p
, right_p
, clip_rect
)
2023 int left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
;
2024 int top_p
, bot_p
, left_p
, right_p
, raised_p
;
2025 XRectangle
*clip_rect
;
2027 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
2028 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
2033 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2035 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2036 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2040 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2041 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2042 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, top_y
+ i
,
2043 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, top_y
+ i
);
2047 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2048 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2049 left_x
+ i
, top_y
+ i
, left_x
+ i
, bottom_y
- i
+ 1);
2051 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2053 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2055 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2056 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2060 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2061 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2062 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, bottom_y
- i
,
2063 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, bottom_y
- i
);
2067 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2068 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2069 right_x
- i
, top_y
+ i
+ 1, right_x
- i
, bottom_y
- i
);
2071 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2075 /* Draw a box on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X, TOP_Y,
2076 RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the lines to
2077 draw, it must be >= 0. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a line on the
2078 left side of the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a line
2079 on the right side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping
2080 rectangle to use when drawing. */
2083 x_draw_box_rect (s
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2084 left_p
, right_p
, clip_rect
)
2085 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2086 int left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
, left_p
, right_p
;
2087 XRectangle
*clip_rect
;
2091 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2092 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->box_color
);
2093 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2096 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2097 left_x
, top_y
, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2101 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2102 left_x
, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2105 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2106 left_x
, bottom_y
- width
+ 1, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2110 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2111 right_x
- width
+ 1, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2113 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2114 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2118 /* Draw a box around glyph string S. */
2121 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
)
2122 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2124 int width
, left_x
, right_x
, top_y
, bottom_y
, last_x
, raised_p
;
2125 int left_p
, right_p
;
2126 struct glyph
*last_glyph
;
2127 XRectangle clip_rect
;
2129 last_x
= ((s
->row
->full_width_p
&& !s
->w
->pseudo_window_p
)
2130 ? WINDOW_RIGHT_EDGE_X (s
->w
)
2131 : window_box_right (s
->w
, s
->area
));
2133 /* The glyph that may have a right box line. */
2134 last_glyph
= (s
->cmp
|| s
->img
2136 : s
->first_glyph
+ s
->nchars
- 1);
2138 width
= abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2139 raised_p
= s
->face
->box
== FACE_RAISED_BOX
;
2141 right_x
= (s
->row
->full_width_p
&& s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
2143 : min (last_x
, s
->x
+ s
->background_width
) - 1);
2145 bottom_y
= top_y
+ s
->height
- 1;
2147 left_p
= (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2148 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2150 || s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2151 right_p
= (last_glyph
->right_box_line_p
2152 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2154 || s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2156 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2158 if (s
->face
->box
== FACE_SIMPLE_BOX
)
2159 x_draw_box_rect (s
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2160 left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2163 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2164 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
,
2165 width
, raised_p
, 1, 1, left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2170 /* Draw foreground of image glyph string S. */
2173 x_draw_image_foreground (s
)
2174 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2177 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2179 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2180 right of that line. */
2181 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2182 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2184 x
+= abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2186 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2188 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2189 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2190 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2191 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2197 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2198 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2199 trust on the shape extension to be available
2200 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2202 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2205 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2207 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2208 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
;
2209 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
;
2210 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2211 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2213 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2216 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2217 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2218 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2219 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2220 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2221 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2225 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2227 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2230 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2231 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2232 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2233 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2234 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2235 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2237 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2238 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2239 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2240 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2241 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2242 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2243 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2245 int r
= s
->img
->relief
;
2247 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2249 s
->slice
.width
+ r
*2 - 1,
2250 s
->slice
.height
+ r
*2 - 1);
2255 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2256 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2257 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2261 /* Draw a relief around the image glyph string S. */
2264 x_draw_image_relief (s
)
2265 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2267 int x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
;
2270 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2272 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2273 right of that line. */
2274 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2275 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2277 x
+= abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2279 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2281 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2282 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2283 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2284 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2286 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
2287 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
)
2289 thick
= tool_bar_button_relief
>= 0 ? tool_bar_button_relief
: DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_RELIEF
;
2290 raised_p
= s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
;
2294 thick
= abs (s
->img
->relief
);
2295 raised_p
= s
->img
->relief
> 0;
2300 x1
= x
+ s
->slice
.width
+ thick
- 1;
2301 y1
= y
+ s
->slice
.height
+ thick
- 1;
2303 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2304 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2305 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
,
2307 s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
== s
->img
->height
,
2309 s
->slice
.x
+ s
->slice
.width
== s
->img
->width
,
2314 /* Draw the foreground of image glyph string S to PIXMAP. */
2317 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s
, pixmap
)
2318 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2322 int y
= s
->ybase
- s
->y
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2324 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2325 right of that line. */
2326 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2327 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2329 x
+= abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2331 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2333 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2334 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2335 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2336 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2342 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2343 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2344 trust on the shape extension to be available
2345 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2347 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2351 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2352 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
- s
->slice
.x
;
2353 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
- s
->slice
.y
;
2354 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2355 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2357 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2358 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2359 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2360 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2364 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2365 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2366 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2368 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2369 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2370 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2371 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2372 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2373 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2374 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2376 int r
= s
->img
->relief
;
2378 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
- r
, y
- r
,
2379 s
->slice
.width
+ r
*2 - 1,
2380 s
->slice
.height
+ r
*2 - 1);
2385 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2386 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2387 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2391 /* Draw part of the background of glyph string S. X, Y, W, and H
2392 give the rectangle to draw. */
2395 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
)
2396 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2401 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2402 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2403 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2404 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2407 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2411 /* Draw image glyph string S.
2414 s->x +-------------------------
2417 | +-------------------------
2420 | | +-------------------
2426 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s
)
2427 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2429 int box_line_hwidth
= abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2430 int box_line_vwidth
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
2432 Pixmap pixmap
= None
;
2435 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2436 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2437 if (s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
>= s
->img
->height
)
2438 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2440 /* Fill background with face under the image. Do it only if row is
2441 taller than image or if image has a clip mask to reduce
2443 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
2444 if (height
> s
->slice
.height
2448 || s
->img
->pixmap
== 0
2449 || s
->width
!= s
->background_width
)
2453 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. Fill it
2454 with the background color. Copy the image to it, using
2455 its mask. Copy the temporary pixmap to the display. */
2456 Screen
*screen
= FRAME_X_SCREEN (s
->f
);
2457 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (screen
);
2459 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. */
2460 pixmap
= XCreatePixmap (s
->display
, s
->window
,
2461 s
->background_width
,
2464 /* Don't clip in the following because we're working on the
2466 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2468 /* Fill the pixmap with the background color/stipple. */
2471 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2472 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2473 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2474 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2475 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2480 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
,
2482 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2483 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2484 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2485 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2493 if (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2495 x
+= box_line_hwidth
;
2497 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2498 y
+= box_line_vwidth
;
2500 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, y
, s
->background_width
, height
);
2503 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2506 /* Draw the foreground. */
2509 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s
, pixmap
);
2510 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2511 XCopyArea (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2512 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
, s
->x
, s
->y
);
2513 XFreePixmap (s
->display
, pixmap
);
2516 x_draw_image_foreground (s
);
2518 /* If we must draw a relief around the image, do it. */
2520 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
2521 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
2522 x_draw_image_relief (s
);
2526 /* Draw stretch glyph string S. */
2529 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s
)
2530 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2532 xassert (s
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
);
2533 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
2535 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
2536 && !x_stretch_cursor_p
)
2538 /* If `x-stretch-block-cursor' is nil, don't draw a block cursor
2539 as wide as the stretch glyph. */
2540 int width
, background_width
= s
->background_width
;
2541 int x
= s
->x
, left_x
= window_box_left_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2545 background_width
-= left_x
- x
;
2548 width
= min (FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (s
->f
), background_width
);
2551 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, s
->y
, width
, s
->height
);
2553 /* Clear rest using the GC of the original non-cursor face. */
2554 if (width
< background_width
)
2557 int w
= background_width
- width
, h
= s
->height
;
2562 if (s
->row
->mouse_face_p
2563 && cursor_in_mouse_face_p (s
->w
))
2565 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
2571 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2572 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
2574 if (s
->face
->stipple
)
2576 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2577 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2578 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2579 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillSolid
);
2584 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
2585 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2586 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2587 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2591 else if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
2593 int background_width
= s
->background_width
;
2594 int x
= s
->x
, left_x
= window_box_left_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2596 /* Don't draw into left margin, fringe or scrollbar area
2597 except for header line and mode line. */
2598 if (x
< left_x
&& !s
->row
->mode_line_p
)
2600 background_width
-= left_x
- x
;
2603 if (background_width
> 0)
2604 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, s
->y
, background_width
, s
->height
);
2607 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2611 /* Draw glyph string S. */
2614 x_draw_glyph_string (s
)
2615 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2617 int relief_drawn_p
= 0;
2619 /* If S draws into the background of its successor, draw the
2620 background of the successor first so that S can draw into it.
2621 This makes S->next use XDrawString instead of XDrawImageString. */
2622 if (s
->next
&& s
->right_overhang
&& !s
->for_overlaps
)
2624 xassert (s
->next
->img
== NULL
);
2625 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
->next
);
2626 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
->next
);
2627 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
->next
, 1);
2630 /* Set up S->gc, set clipping and draw S. */
2631 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
);
2633 /* Draw relief (if any) in advance for char/composition so that the
2634 glyph string can be drawn over it. */
2635 if (!s
->for_overlaps
2636 && s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2637 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
2638 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
2641 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2642 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2643 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2644 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2648 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2650 switch (s
->first_glyph
->type
)
2653 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s
);
2657 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s
);
2661 if (s
->for_overlaps
)
2662 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2664 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 0);
2665 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2668 case COMPOSITE_GLYPH
:
2669 if (s
->for_overlaps
|| s
->gidx
> 0)
2670 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2672 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2673 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2680 if (!s
->for_overlaps
)
2682 /* Draw underline. */
2683 if (s
->face
->underline_p
)
2685 unsigned long tem
, h
;
2688 /* Get the underline thickness. Default is 1 pixel. */
2689 if (!XGetFontProperty (s
->font
, XA_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS
, &h
))
2692 y
= s
->y
+ s
->height
- h
;
2693 if (!x_underline_at_descent_line
)
2695 /* Get the underline position. This is the recommended
2696 vertical offset in pixels from the baseline to the top of
2697 the underline. This is a signed value according to the
2698 specs, and its default is
2700 ROUND ((maximum descent) / 2), with
2701 ROUND(x) = floor (x + 0.5) */
2703 if (x_use_underline_position_properties
2704 && XGetFontProperty (s
->font
, XA_UNDERLINE_POSITION
, &tem
))
2705 y
= s
->ybase
+ (long) tem
;
2706 else if (s
->face
->font
)
2707 y
= s
->ybase
+ (s
->face
->font
->max_bounds
.descent
+ 1) / 2;
2710 if (s
->face
->underline_defaulted_p
)
2711 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2712 s
->x
, y
, s
->background_width
, h
);
2716 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2717 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->underline_color
);
2718 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2719 s
->x
, y
, s
->background_width
, h
);
2720 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2724 /* Draw overline. */
2725 if (s
->face
->overline_p
)
2727 unsigned long dy
= 0, h
= 1;
2729 if (s
->face
->overline_color_defaulted_p
)
2730 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2731 s
->background_width
, h
);
2735 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2736 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->overline_color
);
2737 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2738 s
->background_width
, h
);
2739 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2743 /* Draw strike-through. */
2744 if (s
->face
->strike_through_p
)
2746 unsigned long h
= 1;
2747 unsigned long dy
= (s
->height
- h
) / 2;
2749 if (s
->face
->strike_through_color_defaulted_p
)
2750 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2755 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2756 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->strike_through_color
);
2757 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2759 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2763 /* Draw relief if not yet drawn. */
2764 if (!relief_drawn_p
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
2765 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2768 /* Reset clipping. */
2769 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2772 /* Shift display to make room for inserted glyphs. */
2775 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert (f
, x
, y
, width
, height
, shift_by
)
2777 int x
, y
, width
, height
, shift_by
;
2779 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
2780 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
2781 x
, y
, width
, height
,
2785 /* Delete N glyphs at the nominal cursor position. Not implemented
2796 /* Like XClearArea, but check that WIDTH and HEIGHT are reasonable.
2797 If they are <= 0, this is probably an error. */
2800 x_clear_area (dpy
, window
, x
, y
, width
, height
, exposures
)
2807 xassert (width
> 0 && height
> 0);
2808 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, x
, y
, width
, height
, exposures
);
2812 /* Clear entire frame. If updating_frame is non-null, clear that
2813 frame. Otherwise clear the selected frame. */
2823 f
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
2825 /* Clearing the frame will erase any cursor, so mark them all as no
2827 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f
)));
2828 output_cursor
.hpos
= output_cursor
.vpos
= 0;
2829 output_cursor
.x
= -1;
2831 /* We don't set the output cursor here because there will always
2832 follow an explicit cursor_to. */
2834 XClearWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
2836 /* We have to clear the scroll bars, too. If we have changed
2837 colors or something like that, then they should be notified. */
2838 x_scroll_bar_clear (f
);
2840 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
2847 /* Invert the middle quarter of the frame for .15 sec. */
2849 /* We use the select system call to do the waiting, so we have to make
2850 sure it's available. If it isn't, we just won't do visual bells. */
2852 #if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT)
2855 /* Subtract the `struct timeval' values X and Y, storing the result in
2856 *RESULT. Return 1 if the difference is negative, otherwise 0. */
2859 timeval_subtract (result
, x
, y
)
2860 struct timeval
*result
, x
, y
;
2862 /* Perform the carry for the later subtraction by updating y. This
2863 is safer because on some systems the tv_sec member is unsigned. */
2864 if (x
.tv_usec
< y
.tv_usec
)
2866 int nsec
= (y
.tv_usec
- x
.tv_usec
) / 1000000 + 1;
2867 y
.tv_usec
-= 1000000 * nsec
;
2871 if (x
.tv_usec
- y
.tv_usec
> 1000000)
2873 int nsec
= (y
.tv_usec
- x
.tv_usec
) / 1000000;
2874 y
.tv_usec
+= 1000000 * nsec
;
2878 /* Compute the time remaining to wait. tv_usec is certainly
2880 result
->tv_sec
= x
.tv_sec
- y
.tv_sec
;
2881 result
->tv_usec
= x
.tv_usec
- y
.tv_usec
;
2883 /* Return indication of whether the result should be considered
2885 return x
.tv_sec
< y
.tv_sec
;
2897 /* Create a GC that will use the GXxor function to flip foreground
2898 pixels into background pixels. */
2902 values
.function
= GXxor
;
2903 values
.foreground
= (f
->output_data
.x
->foreground_pixel
2904 ^ f
->output_data
.x
->background_pixel
);
2906 gc
= XCreateGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
2907 GCFunction
| GCForeground
, &values
);
2911 /* Get the height not including a menu bar widget. */
2912 int height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, FRAME_LINES (f
));
2913 /* Height of each line to flash. */
2914 int flash_height
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
2915 /* These will be the left and right margins of the rectangles. */
2916 int flash_left
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
2917 int flash_right
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
2921 /* Don't flash the area between a scroll bar and the frame
2922 edge it is next to. */
2923 switch (FRAME_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TYPE (f
))
2925 case vertical_scroll_bar_left
:
2926 flash_left
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
2929 case vertical_scroll_bar_right
:
2930 flash_right
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
2937 width
= flash_right
- flash_left
;
2939 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
2940 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
2942 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
2944 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
2945 + FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f
) * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
)),
2946 width
, flash_height
);
2947 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
2949 (height
- flash_height
2950 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
2951 width
, flash_height
);
2954 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
2955 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
2956 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
2957 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
2962 struct timeval wakeup
;
2964 EMACS_GET_TIME (wakeup
);
2966 /* Compute time to wait until, propagating carry from usecs. */
2967 wakeup
.tv_usec
+= 150000;
2968 wakeup
.tv_sec
+= (wakeup
.tv_usec
/ 1000000);
2969 wakeup
.tv_usec
%= 1000000;
2971 /* Keep waiting until past the time wakeup or any input gets
2973 while (! detect_input_pending ())
2975 struct timeval current
;
2976 struct timeval timeout
;
2978 EMACS_GET_TIME (current
);
2980 /* Break if result would be negative. */
2981 if (timeval_subtract (¤t
, wakeup
, current
))
2984 /* How long `select' should wait. */
2986 timeout
.tv_usec
= 10000;
2988 /* Try to wait that long--but we might wake up sooner. */
2989 select (0, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
, &timeout
);
2993 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
2994 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
2996 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
2998 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
2999 + FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f
) * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
)),
3000 width
, flash_height
);
3001 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3003 (height
- flash_height
3004 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
3005 width
, flash_height
);
3008 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
3009 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3010 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
3011 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
3013 XFreeGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
);
3021 #endif /* defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT) */
3024 /* Make audible bell. */
3029 struct frame
*f
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
3031 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))
3033 #if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT)
3040 XBell (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), 0);
3041 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3048 /* Specify how many text lines, from the top of the window,
3049 should be affected by insert-lines and delete-lines operations.
3050 This, and those operations, are used only within an update
3051 that is bounded by calls to x_update_begin and x_update_end. */
3054 XTset_terminal_window (n
)
3057 /* This function intentionally left blank. */
3062 /***********************************************************************
3064 ***********************************************************************/
3066 /* Perform an insert-lines or delete-lines operation, inserting N
3067 lines or deleting -N lines at vertical position VPOS. */
3070 x_ins_del_lines (vpos
, n
)
3077 /* Scroll part of the display as described by RUN. */
3080 x_scroll_run (w
, run
)
3084 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
3085 int x
, y
, width
, height
, from_y
, to_y
, bottom_y
;
3087 /* Get frame-relative bounding box of the text display area of W,
3088 without mode lines. Include in this box the left and right
3090 window_box (w
, -1, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
);
3092 from_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->current_y
);
3093 to_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->desired_y
);
3094 bottom_y
= y
+ height
;
3098 /* Scrolling up. Make sure we don't copy part of the mode
3099 line at the bottom. */
3100 if (from_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3101 height
= bottom_y
- from_y
;
3103 height
= run
->height
;
3107 /* Scolling down. Make sure we don't copy over the mode line.
3109 if (to_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3110 height
= bottom_y
- to_y
;
3112 height
= run
->height
;
3117 /* Cursor off. Will be switched on again in x_update_window_end. */
3121 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
3122 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3123 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
3133 /***********************************************************************
3135 ***********************************************************************/
3142 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3143 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3144 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3145 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3147 XSetWindowBorder (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3148 f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
3150 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3154 frame_unhighlight (f
)
3157 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3158 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3159 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3160 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3162 XSetWindowBorderPixmap (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3163 f
->output_data
.x
->border_tile
);
3165 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3168 /* The focus has changed. Update the frames as necessary to reflect
3169 the new situation. Note that we can't change the selected frame
3170 here, because the Lisp code we are interrupting might become confused.
3171 Each event gets marked with the frame in which it occurred, so the
3172 Lisp code can tell when the switch took place by examining the events. */
3175 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, frame
)
3176 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3177 struct frame
*frame
;
3179 struct frame
*old_focus
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3181 if (frame
!= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3183 /* Set this before calling other routines, so that they see
3184 the correct value of x_focus_frame. */
3185 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= frame
;
3187 if (old_focus
&& old_focus
->auto_lower
)
3188 x_lower_frame (old_focus
);
3191 selected_frame
= frame
;
3192 XSETFRAME (XWINDOW (selected_frame
->selected_window
)->frame
,
3194 Fselect_window (selected_frame
->selected_window
, Qnil
);
3195 choose_minibuf_frame ();
3198 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
&& dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
->auto_raise
)
3199 pending_autoraise_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3201 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
3204 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo
);
3207 /* Handle FocusIn and FocusOut state changes for FRAME.
3208 If FRAME has focus and there exists more than one frame, puts
3209 a FOCUS_IN_EVENT into *BUFP. */
3212 x_focus_changed (type
, state
, dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
)
3215 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3216 struct frame
*frame
;
3217 struct input_event
*bufp
;
3219 if (type
== FocusIn
)
3221 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
!= frame
)
3223 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, frame
);
3224 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= frame
;
3226 /* Don't stop displaying the initial startup message
3227 for a switch-frame event we don't need. */
3228 if (GC_NILP (Vterminal_frame
)
3229 && GC_CONSP (Vframe_list
)
3230 && !GC_NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
3232 bufp
->kind
= FOCUS_IN_EVENT
;
3233 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, frame
);
3237 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
|= state
;
3240 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3241 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3244 else if (type
== FocusOut
)
3246 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
&= ~state
;
3248 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
== frame
)
3250 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
3251 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, 0);
3255 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3256 XUnsetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3261 /* The focus may have changed. Figure out if it is a real focus change,
3262 by checking both FocusIn/Out and Enter/LeaveNotify events.
3264 Returns FOCUS_IN_EVENT event in *BUFP. */
3267 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, event
, bufp
)
3268 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3270 struct input_event
*bufp
;
3272 struct frame
*frame
;
3274 frame
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xany
.window
);
3278 switch (event
->type
)
3283 struct frame
*focus_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
;
3285 = focus_frame
? focus_frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
: 0;
3287 if (event
->xcrossing
.detail
!= NotifyInferior
3288 && event
->xcrossing
.focus
3289 && ! (focus_state
& FOCUS_EXPLICIT
))
3290 x_focus_changed ((event
->type
== EnterNotify
? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
3292 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3298 x_focus_changed (event
->type
,
3299 (event
->xfocus
.detail
== NotifyPointer
?
3300 FOCUS_IMPLICIT
: FOCUS_EXPLICIT
),
3301 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3307 /* Handle an event saying the mouse has moved out of an Emacs frame. */
3310 x_mouse_leave (dpyinfo
)
3311 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3313 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
);
3316 /* The focus has changed, or we have redirected a frame's focus to
3317 another frame (this happens when a frame uses a surrogate
3318 mini-buffer frame). Shift the highlight as appropriate.
3320 The FRAME argument doesn't necessarily have anything to do with which
3321 frame is being highlighted or un-highlighted; we only use it to find
3322 the appropriate X display info. */
3325 XTframe_rehighlight (frame
)
3326 struct frame
*frame
;
3328 x_frame_rehighlight (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (frame
));
3332 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo
)
3333 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3335 struct frame
*old_highlight
= dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
;
3337 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3339 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
3340 = ((GC_FRAMEP (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)))
3341 ? XFRAME (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
))
3342 : dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
);
3343 if (! FRAME_LIVE_P (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
))
3345 FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
) = Qnil
;
3346 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3350 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
3352 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
!= old_highlight
)
3355 frame_unhighlight (old_highlight
);
3356 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
3357 frame_highlight (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
);
3363 /* Keyboard processing - modifier keys, vendor-specific keysyms, etc. */
3365 /* Initialize mode_switch_bit and modifier_meaning. */
3367 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
)
3368 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3370 int min_code
, max_code
;
3373 XModifierKeymap
*mods
;
3375 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= 0;
3376 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= 0;
3377 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3378 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
= 0;
3379 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
= 0;
3382 XDisplayKeycodes (dpyinfo
->display
, &min_code
, &max_code
);
3384 min_code
= dpyinfo
->display
->min_keycode
;
3385 max_code
= dpyinfo
->display
->max_keycode
;
3388 syms
= XGetKeyboardMapping (dpyinfo
->display
,
3389 min_code
, max_code
- min_code
+ 1,
3391 mods
= XGetModifierMapping (dpyinfo
->display
);
3393 /* Scan the modifier table to see which modifier bits the Meta and
3394 Alt keysyms are on. */
3396 int row
, col
; /* The row and column in the modifier table. */
3397 int found_alt_or_meta
;
3399 for (row
= 3; row
< 8; row
++)
3401 found_alt_or_meta
= 0;
3402 for (col
= 0; col
< mods
->max_keypermod
; col
++)
3404 KeyCode code
= mods
->modifiermap
[(row
* mods
->max_keypermod
) + col
];
3406 /* Zeroes are used for filler. Skip them. */
3410 /* Are any of this keycode's keysyms a meta key? */
3414 for (code_col
= 0; code_col
< syms_per_code
; code_col
++)
3416 int sym
= syms
[((code
- min_code
) * syms_per_code
) + code_col
];
3422 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3423 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3428 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3429 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3434 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3435 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3436 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3437 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3442 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3443 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3444 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3445 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3449 /* Ignore this if it's not on the lock modifier. */
3450 if (!found_alt_or_meta
&& ((1 << row
) == LockMask
))
3451 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= LockMask
;
3452 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3453 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3462 /* If we couldn't find any meta keys, accept any alt keys as meta keys. */
3463 if (! dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3465 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
;
3466 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3469 /* If some keys are both alt and meta,
3470 make them just meta, not alt. */
3471 if (dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3473 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
&= ~dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
;
3476 XFree ((char *) syms
);
3477 XFreeModifiermap (mods
);
3480 /* Convert between the modifier bits X uses and the modifier bits
3484 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo
, state
)
3485 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3488 EMACS_UINT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3489 EMACS_UINT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3490 EMACS_UINT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3491 EMACS_UINT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3494 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3495 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_alt
= XUINT (tem
);
3496 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3497 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_meta
= XUINT (tem
);
3498 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3499 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_hyper
= XUINT (tem
);
3500 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3501 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_super
= XUINT (tem
);
3504 return ( ((state
& (ShiftMask
| dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
)) ? shift_modifier
: 0)
3505 | ((state
& ControlMask
) ? ctrl_modifier
: 0)
3506 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
) ? mod_meta
: 0)
3507 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
) ? mod_alt
: 0)
3508 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
) ? mod_super
: 0)
3509 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
) ? mod_hyper
: 0));
3513 x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (dpyinfo
, state
)
3514 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3517 EMACS_UINT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3518 EMACS_UINT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3519 EMACS_UINT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3520 EMACS_UINT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3524 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3525 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_alt
= XUINT (tem
);
3526 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3527 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_meta
= XUINT (tem
);
3528 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3529 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_hyper
= XUINT (tem
);
3530 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3531 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_super
= XUINT (tem
);
3534 return ( ((state
& mod_alt
) ? dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
: 0)
3535 | ((state
& mod_super
) ? dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
: 0)
3536 | ((state
& mod_hyper
) ? dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
: 0)
3537 | ((state
& shift_modifier
) ? ShiftMask
: 0)
3538 | ((state
& ctrl_modifier
) ? ControlMask
: 0)
3539 | ((state
& mod_meta
) ? dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
: 0));
3542 /* Convert a keysym to its name. */
3545 x_get_keysym_name (keysym
)
3551 value
= XKeysymToString (keysym
);
3559 /* Mouse clicks and mouse movement. Rah. */
3561 /* Prepare a mouse-event in *RESULT for placement in the input queue.
3563 If the event is a button press, then note that we have grabbed
3567 construct_mouse_click (result
, event
, f
)
3568 struct input_event
*result
;
3569 XButtonEvent
*event
;
3572 /* Make the event type NO_EVENT; we'll change that when we decide
3574 result
->kind
= MOUSE_CLICK_EVENT
;
3575 result
->code
= event
->button
- Button1
;
3576 result
->timestamp
= event
->time
;
3577 result
->modifiers
= (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
3579 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
3583 XSETINT (result
->x
, event
->x
);
3584 XSETINT (result
->y
, event
->y
);
3585 XSETFRAME (result
->frame_or_window
, f
);
3591 /* Function to report a mouse movement to the mainstream Emacs code.
3592 The input handler calls this.
3594 We have received a mouse movement event, which is given in *event.
3595 If the mouse is over a different glyph than it was last time, tell
3596 the mainstream emacs code by setting mouse_moved. If not, ask for
3597 another motion event, so we can check again the next time it moves. */
3599 static XMotionEvent last_mouse_motion_event
;
3600 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_motion_frame
;
3603 note_mouse_movement (frame
, event
)
3605 XMotionEvent
*event
;
3607 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->time
;
3608 last_mouse_motion_event
= *event
;
3609 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
, frame
);
3611 if (!FRAME_X_OUTPUT (frame
))
3614 if (event
->window
!= FRAME_X_WINDOW (frame
))
3616 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3617 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3618 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, -1, -1);
3619 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= 0;
3624 /* Has the mouse moved off the glyph it was on at the last sighting? */
3625 if (frame
!= last_mouse_glyph_frame
3626 || event
->x
< last_mouse_glyph
.x
3627 || event
->x
>= last_mouse_glyph
.x
+ last_mouse_glyph
.width
3628 || event
->y
< last_mouse_glyph
.y
3629 || event
->y
>= last_mouse_glyph
.y
+ last_mouse_glyph
.height
)
3631 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3632 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3633 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
);
3634 /* Remember which glyph we're now on. */
3635 remember_mouse_glyph (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
, &last_mouse_glyph
);
3636 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= frame
;
3644 /************************************************************************
3646 ************************************************************************/
3649 redo_mouse_highlight ()
3651 if (!NILP (last_mouse_motion_frame
)
3652 && FRAME_LIVE_P (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
)))
3653 note_mouse_highlight (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
),
3654 last_mouse_motion_event
.x
,
3655 last_mouse_motion_event
.y
);
3660 /* Return the current position of the mouse.
3661 *FP should be a frame which indicates which display to ask about.
3663 If the mouse movement started in a scroll bar, set *FP, *BAR_WINDOW,
3664 and *PART to the frame, window, and scroll bar part that the mouse
3665 is over. Set *X and *Y to the portion and whole of the mouse's
3666 position on the scroll bar.
3668 If the mouse movement started elsewhere, set *FP to the frame the
3669 mouse is on, *BAR_WINDOW to nil, and *X and *Y to the character cell
3672 Set *TIME to the server time-stamp for the time at which the mouse
3673 was at this position.
3675 Don't store anything if we don't have a valid set of values to report.
3677 This clears the mouse_moved flag, so we can wait for the next mouse
3681 XTmouse_position (fp
, insist
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
)
3684 Lisp_Object
*bar_window
;
3685 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
;
3687 unsigned long *time
;
3693 if (! NILP (last_mouse_scroll_bar
) && insist
== 0)
3694 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
);
3700 Window dummy_window
;
3703 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
3705 /* Clear the mouse-moved flag for every frame on this display. */
3706 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
3707 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
))
3708 XFRAME (frame
)->mouse_moved
= 0;
3710 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3712 /* Figure out which root window we're on. */
3713 XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3714 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)),
3716 /* The root window which contains the pointer. */
3719 /* Trash which we can't trust if the pointer is on
3720 a different screen. */
3723 /* The position on that root window. */
3726 /* More trash we can't trust. */
3729 /* Modifier keys and pointer buttons, about which
3731 (unsigned int *) &dummy
);
3733 /* Now we have a position on the root; find the innermost window
3734 containing the pointer. */
3738 int parent_x
= 0, parent_y
= 0;
3742 /* XTranslateCoordinates can get errors if the window
3743 structure is changing at the same time this function
3744 is running. So at least we must not crash from them. */
3746 x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
));
3748 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
)->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
3749 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
3751 /* If mouse was grabbed on a frame, give coords for that frame
3752 even if the mouse is now outside it. */
3753 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3755 /* From-window, to-window. */
3756 root
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (last_mouse_frame
),
3758 /* From-position, to-position. */
3759 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
3763 f1
= last_mouse_frame
;
3769 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3771 /* From-window, to-window. */
3774 /* From-position, to-position. */
3775 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
3780 if (child
== None
|| child
== win
)
3788 /* Now we know that:
3789 win is the innermost window containing the pointer
3790 (XTC says it has no child containing the pointer),
3791 win_x and win_y are the pointer's position in it
3792 (XTC did this the last time through), and
3793 parent_x and parent_y are the pointer's position in win's parent.
3794 (They are what win_x and win_y were when win was child.
3795 If win is the root window, it has no parent, and
3796 parent_{x,y} are invalid, but that's okay, because we'll
3797 never use them in that case.) */
3799 /* Is win one of our frames? */
3800 f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
);
3802 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
3803 /* If we end up with the menu bar window, say it's not
3806 && f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
3807 && win
== XtWindow (f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
))
3809 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
3812 if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)))
3815 x_uncatch_errors ();
3817 /* If not, is it one of our scroll bars? */
3820 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
3822 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
), win
);
3826 f1
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
3832 if (f1
== 0 && insist
> 0)
3833 f1
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
3837 /* Ok, we found a frame. Store all the values.
3838 last_mouse_glyph is a rectangle used to reduce the
3839 generation of mouse events. To not miss any motion
3840 events, we must divide the frame into rectangles of the
3841 size of the smallest character that could be displayed
3842 on it, i.e. into the same rectangles that matrices on
3843 the frame are divided into. */
3845 remember_mouse_glyph (f1
, win_x
, win_y
, &last_mouse_glyph
);
3846 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= f1
;
3851 XSETINT (*x
, win_x
);
3852 XSETINT (*y
, win_y
);
3853 *time
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
3863 /***********************************************************************
3865 ***********************************************************************/
3867 /* Scroll bar support. */
3869 /* Given an X window ID and a DISPLAY, find the struct scroll_bar which
3871 This can be called in GC, so we have to make sure to strip off mark
3874 static struct scroll_bar
*
3875 x_window_to_scroll_bar (display
, window_id
)
3881 #if defined (USE_GTK) && defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS)
3882 window_id
= (Window
) xg_get_scroll_id_for_window (display
, window_id
);
3883 #endif /* USE_GTK && USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
3885 for (tail
= Vframe_list
;
3886 XGCTYPE (tail
) == Lisp_Cons
;
3889 Lisp_Object frame
, bar
, condemned
;
3891 frame
= XCAR (tail
);
3892 /* All elements of Vframe_list should be frames. */
3893 if (! GC_FRAMEP (frame
))
3896 /* Scan this frame's scroll bar list for a scroll bar with the
3898 condemned
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
3899 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
3900 /* This trick allows us to search both the ordinary and
3901 condemned scroll bar lists with one loop. */
3902 ! GC_NILP (bar
) || (bar
= condemned
,
3905 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
3906 if (SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)) == window_id
&&
3907 FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == display
)
3908 return XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
3915 #if defined USE_LUCID
3917 /* Return the Lucid menu bar WINDOW is part of. Return null
3918 if WINDOW is not part of a menu bar. */
3921 x_window_to_menu_bar (window
)
3926 for (tail
= Vframe_list
;
3927 XGCTYPE (tail
) == Lisp_Cons
;
3930 Lisp_Object frame
= XCAR (tail
);
3931 Widget menu_bar
= XFRAME (frame
)->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
;
3933 if (menu_bar
&& xlwmenu_window_p (menu_bar
, window
))
3940 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
3943 /************************************************************************
3945 ************************************************************************/
3947 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
3949 static void x_scroll_bar_to_input_event
P_ ((XEvent
*, struct input_event
*));
3950 static void x_send_scroll_bar_event
P_ ((Lisp_Object
, int, int, int));
3951 static void x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar
P_ ((struct frame
*,
3952 struct scroll_bar
*));
3953 static void x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb
P_ ((struct scroll_bar
*,
3957 /* Lisp window being scrolled. Set when starting to interact with
3958 a toolkit scroll bar, reset to nil when ending the interaction. */
3960 static Lisp_Object window_being_scrolled
;
3962 /* Last scroll bar part sent in xm_scroll_callback. */
3964 static int last_scroll_bar_part
;
3966 /* Whether this is an Xaw with arrow-scrollbars. This should imply
3967 that movements of 1/20 of the screen size are mapped to up/down. */
3970 /* Id of action hook installed for scroll bars. */
3972 static XtActionHookId action_hook_id
;
3974 static Boolean xaw3d_arrow_scroll
;
3976 /* Whether the drag scrolling maintains the mouse at the top of the
3977 thumb. If not, resizing the thumb needs to be done more carefully
3978 to avoid jerkyness. */
3980 static Boolean xaw3d_pick_top
;
3982 /* Action hook installed via XtAppAddActionHook when toolkit scroll
3983 bars are used.. The hook is responsible for detecting when
3984 the user ends an interaction with the scroll bar, and generates
3985 a `end-scroll' SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT' event if so. */
3988 xt_action_hook (widget
, client_data
, action_name
, event
, params
,
3991 XtPointer client_data
;
3995 Cardinal
*num_params
;
4001 scroll_bar_p
= XmIsScrollBar (widget
);
4002 end_action
= "Release";
4003 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4004 scroll_bar_p
= XtIsSubclass (widget
, scrollbarWidgetClass
);
4005 end_action
= "EndScroll";
4006 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
4009 && strcmp (action_name
, end_action
) == 0
4010 && WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
4014 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
4015 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0);
4016 w
= XWINDOW (window_being_scrolled
);
4018 if (!NILP (XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
)->dragging
))
4020 XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
)->dragging
= Qnil
;
4021 /* The thumb size is incorrect while dragging: fix it. */
4022 set_vertical_scroll_bar (w
);
4024 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
4025 last_scroll_bar_part
= -1;
4027 /* Xt timeouts no longer needed. */
4028 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 0;
4031 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4033 /* A vector of windows used for communication between
4034 x_send_scroll_bar_event and x_scroll_bar_to_input_event. */
4036 static struct window
**scroll_bar_windows
;
4037 static int scroll_bar_windows_size
;
4040 /* Send a client message with message type Xatom_Scrollbar for a
4041 scroll action to the frame of WINDOW. PART is a value identifying
4042 the part of the scroll bar that was clicked on. PORTION is the
4043 amount to scroll of a whole of WHOLE. */
4046 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window
, part
, portion
, whole
)
4048 int part
, portion
, whole
;
4051 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) &event
;
4052 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (window
);
4053 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4058 /* Construct a ClientMessage event to send to the frame. */
4059 ev
->type
= ClientMessage
;
4060 ev
->message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_Scrollbar
;
4061 ev
->display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
4062 ev
->window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
4065 /* We can only transfer 32 bits in the XClientMessageEvent, which is
4066 not enough to store a pointer or Lisp_Object on a 64 bit system.
4067 So, store the window in scroll_bar_windows and pass the index
4068 into that array in the event. */
4069 for (i
= 0; i
< scroll_bar_windows_size
; ++i
)
4070 if (scroll_bar_windows
[i
] == NULL
)
4073 if (i
== scroll_bar_windows_size
)
4075 int new_size
= max (10, 2 * scroll_bar_windows_size
);
4076 size_t nbytes
= new_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4077 size_t old_nbytes
= scroll_bar_windows_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4079 scroll_bar_windows
= (struct window
**) xrealloc (scroll_bar_windows
,
4081 bzero (&scroll_bar_windows
[i
], nbytes
- old_nbytes
);
4082 scroll_bar_windows_size
= new_size
;
4085 scroll_bar_windows
[i
] = w
;
4086 ev
->data
.l
[0] = (long) i
;
4087 ev
->data
.l
[1] = (long) part
;
4088 ev
->data
.l
[2] = (long) 0;
4089 ev
->data
.l
[3] = (long) portion
;
4090 ev
->data
.l
[4] = (long) whole
;
4092 /* Make Xt timeouts work while the scroll bar is active. */
4093 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 1;
4095 /* Setting the event mask to zero means that the message will
4096 be sent to the client that created the window, and if that
4097 window no longer exists, no event will be sent. */
4098 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), False
, 0, &event
);
4103 /* Transform a scroll bar ClientMessage EVENT to an Emacs input event
4107 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (event
, ievent
)
4109 struct input_event
*ievent
;
4111 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) event
;
4116 w
= scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]];
4117 scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]] = NULL
;
4119 XSETWINDOW (window
, w
);
4120 f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4122 ievent
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
4123 ievent
->frame_or_window
= window
;
4126 ievent
->timestamp
= CurrentTime
;
4128 ievent
->timestamp
= XtLastTimestampProcessed (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
4130 ievent
->part
= ev
->data
.l
[1];
4131 ievent
->code
= ev
->data
.l
[2];
4132 ievent
->x
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[3]);
4133 ievent
->y
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[4]);
4134 ievent
->modifiers
= 0;
4140 /* Minimum and maximum values used for Motif scroll bars. */
4142 #define XM_SB_MAX 10000000
4145 /* Scroll bar callback for Motif scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4146 bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure.
4147 CALL_DATA is a pointer to a XmScrollBarCallbackStruct. */
4150 xm_scroll_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
4152 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
4154 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4155 XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*cs
= (XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*) call_data
;
4156 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4160 case XmCR_DECREMENT
:
4161 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4162 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4165 case XmCR_INCREMENT
:
4166 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4167 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4170 case XmCR_PAGE_DECREMENT
:
4171 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4172 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4175 case XmCR_PAGE_INCREMENT
:
4176 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4177 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4181 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4182 part
= scroll_bar_to_top
;
4185 case XmCR_TO_BOTTOM
:
4186 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4187 part
= scroll_bar_to_bottom
;
4194 /* Get the slider size. */
4196 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XmNsliderSize
, &slider_size
, NULL
);
4199 whole
= XM_SB_MAX
- slider_size
;
4200 portion
= min (cs
->value
, whole
);
4201 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4202 bar
->dragging
= make_number (cs
->value
);
4206 case XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED
:
4212 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4213 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4214 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4219 #else /* !USE_MOTIF, i.e. Xaw or GTK */
4221 /* Scroll bar callback for GTK scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4222 bar widget. DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure. */
4225 xg_scroll_callback (widget
, data
)
4229 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) data
;
4235 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4236 GtkAdjustment
*adj
= GTK_ADJUSTMENT (gtk_range_get_adjustment (widget
));
4238 position
= gtk_adjustment_get_value (adj
);
4240 p
= g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (widget
), XG_LAST_SB_DATA
);
4243 p
= (gdouble
*) xmalloc (sizeof (gdouble
));
4245 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (widget
), XG_LAST_SB_DATA
, p
);
4251 if (xg_ignore_gtk_scrollbar
) return;
4253 diff
= (int) (position
- previous
);
4255 if (diff
== (int) adj
->step_increment
)
4257 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4258 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4260 else if (-diff
== (int) adj
->step_increment
)
4262 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4263 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4265 else if (diff
== (int) adj
->page_increment
)
4267 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4268 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4270 else if (-diff
== (int) adj
->page_increment
)
4272 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4273 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4277 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4278 whole
= adj
->upper
- adj
->page_size
;
4279 portion
= min ((int)position
, whole
);
4280 bar
->dragging
= make_number ((int)portion
);
4285 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4286 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4287 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4291 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4293 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked when the thumb is dragged.
4294 WIDGET is the scroll bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the
4295 scroll bar struct. CALL_DATA is a pointer to a float saying where
4299 xaw_jump_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
4301 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
4303 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4304 float top
= *(float *) call_data
;
4306 int whole
, portion
, height
;
4309 /* Get the size of the thumb, a value between 0 and 1. */
4311 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNshown
, &shown
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4315 portion
= shown
< 1 ? top
* whole
: 0;
4317 if (shown
< 1 && (abs (top
+ shown
- 1) < 1.0/height
))
4318 /* Some derivatives of Xaw refuse to shrink the thumb when you reach
4319 the bottom, so we force the scrolling whenever we see that we're
4320 too close to the bottom (in x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb
4321 we try to ensure that we always stay two pixels away from the
4323 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4325 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4327 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4328 bar
->dragging
= make_number (portion
);
4329 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4330 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4334 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked for incremental scrolling.,
4335 i.e. line or page up or down. WIDGET is the Xaw scroll bar
4336 widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure for
4337 the scroll bar. CALL_DATA is an integer specifying the action that
4338 has taken place. Its magnitude is in the range 0..height of the
4339 scroll bar. Negative values mean scroll towards buffer start.
4340 Values < height of scroll bar mean line-wise movement. */
4343 xaw_scroll_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
4345 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
4347 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4348 /* The position really is stored cast to a pointer. */
4349 int position
= (long) call_data
;
4353 /* Get the height of the scroll bar. */
4355 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4358 if (abs (position
) >= height
)
4359 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_above_handle
: scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4361 /* If Xaw3d was compiled with ARROW_SCROLLBAR,
4362 it maps line-movement to call_data = max(5, height/20). */
4363 else if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
&& abs (position
) <= max (5, height
/ 20))
4364 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_up_arrow
: scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4366 part
= scroll_bar_move_ratio
;
4368 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4369 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4370 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4371 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, position
, height
);
4374 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4375 #endif /* not USE_MOTIF */
4377 #define SCROLL_BAR_NAME "verticalScrollBar"
4379 /* Create the widget for scroll bar BAR on frame F. Record the widget
4380 and X window of the scroll bar in BAR. */
4384 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
)
4386 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4388 char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4391 xg_create_scroll_bar (f
, bar
, G_CALLBACK (xg_scroll_callback
),
4396 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4399 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
)
4401 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4407 char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4408 unsigned long pixel
;
4413 /* Set resources. Create the widget. */
4414 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4415 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNminimum
, 0); ++ac
;
4416 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNmaximum
, XM_SB_MAX
); ++ac
;
4417 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNorientation
, XmVERTICAL
); ++ac
;
4418 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNprocessingDirection
, XmMAX_ON_BOTTOM
), ++ac
;
4419 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNincrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4420 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNpageIncrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4422 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4425 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNforeground
, pixel
);
4429 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4432 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNbackground
, pixel
);
4436 widget
= XmCreateScrollBar (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
,
4437 scroll_bar_name
, av
, ac
);
4439 /* Add one callback for everything that can happen. */
4440 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4442 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdragCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4444 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNincrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4446 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageDecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4448 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageIncrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4450 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoBottomCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4452 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoTopCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4455 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4456 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4458 /* Set the cursor to an arrow. I didn't find a resource to do that.
4459 And I'm wondering why it hasn't an arrow cursor by default. */
4460 XDefineCursor (XtDisplay (widget
), XtWindow (widget
),
4461 f
->output_data
.x
->nontext_cursor
);
4463 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4465 /* Set resources. Create the widget. The background of the
4466 Xaw3d scroll bar widget is a little bit light for my taste.
4467 We don't alter it here to let users change it according
4468 to their taste with `emacs*verticalScrollBar.background: xxx'. */
4469 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4470 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNorientation
, XtorientVertical
); ++ac
;
4471 /* For smoother scrolling with Xaw3d -sm */
4472 /* XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNpickTop, True); ++ac; */
4474 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4477 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNforeground
, pixel
);
4481 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4484 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbackground
, pixel
);
4488 /* Top/bottom shadow colors. */
4490 /* Allocate them, if necessary. */
4491 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4493 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4494 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4495 &pixel
, 1.2, 0x8000))
4497 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4499 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4501 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4502 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4503 &pixel
, 0.6, 0x4000))
4505 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4508 #ifdef XtNbeNiceToColormap
4509 /* Tell the toolkit about them. */
4510 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1
4511 || f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4512 /* We tried to allocate a color for the top/bottom shadow, and
4513 failed, so tell Xaw3d to use dithering instead. */
4515 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
, True
);
4519 /* Tell what colors Xaw3d should use for the top/bottom shadow, to
4520 be more consistent with other emacs 3d colors, and since Xaw3d is
4521 not good at dealing with allocation failure. */
4523 /* This tells Xaw3d to use real colors instead of dithering for
4525 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
, False
);
4528 /* Specify the colors. */
4529 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
;
4532 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNtopShadowPixel
, pixel
);
4535 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
;
4538 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbottomShadowPixel
, pixel
);
4544 widget
= XtCreateWidget (scroll_bar_name
, scrollbarWidgetClass
,
4545 f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
, av
, ac
);
4549 char *val
= initial
;
4550 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNscrollVCursor
, (XtPointer
) &val
,
4551 #ifdef XtNarrowScrollbars
4552 XtNarrowScrollbars
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_arrow_scroll
,
4554 XtNpickTop
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_pick_top
, NULL
);
4555 if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
|| val
== initial
)
4556 { /* ARROW_SCROLL */
4557 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= True
;
4558 /* Isn't that just a personal preference ? --Stef */
4559 XtVaSetValues (widget
, XtNcursorName
, "top_left_arrow", NULL
);
4563 /* Define callbacks. */
4564 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNjumpProc
, xaw_jump_callback
, (XtPointer
) bar
);
4565 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNscrollProc
, xaw_scroll_callback
,
4568 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4569 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4571 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4573 /* Install an action hook that lets us detect when the user
4574 finishes interacting with a scroll bar. */
4575 if (action_hook_id
== 0)
4576 action_hook_id
= XtAppAddActionHook (Xt_app_con
, xt_action_hook
, 0);
4578 /* Remember X window and widget in the scroll bar vector. */
4579 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (bar
, widget
);
4580 xwindow
= XtWindow (widget
);
4581 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
, xwindow
);
4585 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4588 /* Set the thumb size and position of scroll bar BAR. We are currently
4589 displaying PORTION out of a whole WHOLE, and our position POSITION. */
4593 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
)
4594 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4595 int portion
, position
, whole
;
4597 xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
4600 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4602 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
)
4603 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4604 int portion
, position
, whole
;
4606 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4607 Widget widget
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
4614 /* We use an estimate of 30 chars per line rather than the real
4615 `portion' value. This has the disadvantage that the thumb size
4616 is not very representative, but it makes our life a lot easier.
4617 Otherwise, we have to constantly adjust the thumb size, which
4618 we can't always do quickly enough: while dragging, the size of
4619 the thumb might prevent the user from dragging the thumb all the
4620 way to the end. but Motif and some versions of Xaw3d don't allow
4621 updating the thumb size while dragging. Also, even if we can update
4622 its size, the update will often happen too late.
4623 If you don't believe it, check out revision 1.650 of xterm.c to see
4624 what hoops we were going through and the still poor behavior we got. */
4625 portion
= WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)) * 30;
4626 /* When the thumb is at the bottom, position == whole.
4627 So we need to increase `whole' to make space for the thumb. */
4634 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4635 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4638 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
4642 /* Slider size. Must be in the range [1 .. MAX - MIN] where MAX
4643 is the scroll bar's maximum and MIN is the scroll bar's minimum
4645 size
= shown
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4646 size
= min (size
, XM_SB_MAX
);
4647 size
= max (size
, 1);
4649 /* Position. Must be in the range [MIN .. MAX - SLIDER_SIZE]. */
4650 value
= top
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4651 value
= min (value
, XM_SB_MAX
- size
);
4653 XmScrollBarSetValues (widget
, value
, size
, 0, 0, False
);
4655 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4661 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4662 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4666 float old_top
, old_shown
;
4668 XtVaGetValues (widget
,
4669 XtNtopOfThumb
, &old_top
,
4670 XtNshown
, &old_shown
,
4674 /* Massage the top+shown values. */
4675 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
) || last_scroll_bar_part
== scroll_bar_down_arrow
)
4676 top
= max (0, min (1, top
));
4679 /* Keep two pixels available for moving the thumb down. */
4680 shown
= max (0, min (1 - top
- (2.0 / height
), shown
));
4682 /* If the call to XawScrollbarSetThumb below doesn't seem to work,
4683 check that your system's configuration file contains a define
4684 for `NARROWPROTO'. See s/freebsd.h for an example. */
4685 if (top
!= old_top
|| shown
!= old_shown
)
4687 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
4688 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4691 /* Try to make the scrolling a tad smoother. */
4692 if (!xaw3d_pick_top
)
4693 shown
= min (shown
, old_shown
);
4695 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4699 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4703 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4705 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4709 /************************************************************************
4710 Scroll bars, general
4711 ************************************************************************/
4713 /* Create a scroll bar and return the scroll bar vector for it. W is
4714 the Emacs window on which to create the scroll bar. TOP, LEFT,
4715 WIDTH and HEIGHT are the pixel coordinates and dimensions of the
4718 static struct scroll_bar
*
4719 x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, left
, width
, height
)
4721 int top
, left
, width
, height
;
4723 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4724 struct scroll_bar
*bar
4725 = XSCROLL_BAR (Fmake_vector (make_number (SCROLL_BAR_VEC_SIZE
), Qnil
));
4729 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4730 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
);
4731 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4733 XSetWindowAttributes a
;
4737 a
.background_pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4738 if (a
.background_pixel
== -1)
4739 a
.background_pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->background_pixel
;
4741 a
.event_mask
= (ButtonPressMask
| ButtonReleaseMask
4742 | ButtonMotionMask
| PointerMotionHintMask
4744 a
.cursor
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
;
4746 mask
= (CWBackPixel
| CWEventMask
| CWCursor
);
4748 /* Clear the area of W that will serve as a scroll bar. This is
4749 for the case that a window has been split horizontally. In
4750 this case, no clear_frame is generated to reduce flickering. */
4751 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
4752 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4754 window_box_height (w
), False
);
4756 window
= XCreateWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4757 /* Position and size of scroll bar. */
4758 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4760 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4762 /* Border width, depth, class, and visual. */
4769 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
, window
);
4771 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4773 XSETWINDOW (bar
->window
, w
);
4774 XSETINT (bar
->top
, top
);
4775 XSETINT (bar
->left
, left
);
4776 XSETINT (bar
->width
, width
);
4777 XSETINT (bar
->height
, height
);
4778 XSETINT (bar
->start
, 0);
4779 XSETINT (bar
->end
, 0);
4780 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4782 /* Add bar to its frame's list of scroll bars. */
4783 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
4785 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), bar
);
4786 if (!NILP (bar
->next
))
4787 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
4789 /* Map the window/widget. */
4790 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4793 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
,
4794 SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
),
4796 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4797 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4799 xg_show_scroll_bar (SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
));
4800 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4801 Widget scroll_bar
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
4802 XtConfigureWidget (scroll_bar
,
4803 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4805 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4806 max (height
, 1), 0);
4807 XtMapWidget (scroll_bar
);
4808 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4810 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4811 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
));
4812 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4819 /* Draw BAR's handle in the proper position.
4821 If the handle is already drawn from START to END, don't bother
4822 redrawing it, unless REBUILD is non-zero; in that case, always
4823 redraw it. (REBUILD is handy for drawing the handle after expose
4826 Normally, we want to constrain the start and end of the handle to
4827 fit inside its rectangle, but if the user is dragging the scroll
4828 bar handle, we want to let them drag it down all the way, so that
4829 the bar's top is as far down as it goes; otherwise, there's no way
4830 to move to the very end of the buffer. */
4832 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4835 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, rebuild
)
4836 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4840 int dragging
= ! NILP (bar
->dragging
);
4841 Window w
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
);
4842 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4843 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
4845 /* If the display is already accurate, do nothing. */
4847 && start
== XINT (bar
->start
)
4848 && end
== XINT (bar
->end
))
4854 int inside_width
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_WIDTH (f
, XINT (bar
->width
));
4855 int inside_height
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
4856 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
4858 /* Make sure the values are reasonable, and try to preserve
4859 the distance between start and end. */
4861 int length
= end
- start
;
4865 else if (start
> top_range
)
4867 end
= start
+ length
;
4871 else if (end
> top_range
&& ! dragging
)
4875 /* Store the adjusted setting in the scroll bar. */
4876 XSETINT (bar
->start
, start
);
4877 XSETINT (bar
->end
, end
);
4879 /* Clip the end position, just for display. */
4880 if (end
> top_range
)
4883 /* Draw bottom positions VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE pixels
4884 below top positions, to make sure the handle is always at least
4885 that many pixels tall. */
4886 end
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
;
4888 /* Draw the empty space above the handle. Note that we can't clear
4889 zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
4891 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
4892 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
4893 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
4894 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
,
4895 inside_width
, start
,
4898 /* Change to proper foreground color if one is specified. */
4899 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
4900 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
4901 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
4903 /* Draw the handle itself. */
4904 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
4905 /* x, y, width, height */
4906 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
4907 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ start
,
4908 inside_width
, end
- start
);
4910 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
4911 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
4912 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
4913 f
->output_data
.x
->foreground_pixel
);
4915 /* Draw the empty space below the handle. Note that we can't
4916 clear zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
4917 if (end
< inside_height
)
4918 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
4919 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
4920 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
4921 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ end
,
4922 inside_width
, inside_height
- end
,
4930 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4932 /* Destroy scroll bar BAR, and set its Emacs window's scroll bar to
4936 x_scroll_bar_remove (bar
)
4937 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4939 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4942 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4944 xg_remove_scroll_bar (f
, SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
));
4945 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4946 XtDestroyWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
));
4947 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4949 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
));
4952 /* Disassociate this scroll bar from its window. */
4953 XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->vertical_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
4959 /* Set the handle of the vertical scroll bar for WINDOW to indicate
4960 that we are displaying PORTION characters out of a total of WHOLE
4961 characters, starting at POSITION. If WINDOW has no scroll bar,
4965 XTset_vertical_scroll_bar (w
, portion
, whole
, position
)
4967 int portion
, whole
, position
;
4969 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4970 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4971 int top
, height
, left
, sb_left
, width
, sb_width
;
4972 int window_y
, window_height
;
4974 /* Get window dimensions. */
4975 window_box (w
, -1, 0, &window_y
, 0, &window_height
);
4977 width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
4978 height
= window_height
;
4980 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar area. */
4981 left
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
4983 /* Compute the width of the scroll bar which might be less than
4984 the width of the area reserved for the scroll bar. */
4985 if (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
) > 0)
4986 sb_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
);
4990 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar. */
4991 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4992 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
4994 (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
)
4995 ? width
- sb_width
- (width
- sb_width
) / 2
4999 (WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
)
5000 ? (width
- sb_width
) / 2
5001 : width
- sb_width
));
5003 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
5004 sb_left
= left
+ width
- sb_width
;
5009 /* Does the scroll bar exist yet? */
5010 if (NILP (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5012 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5015 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5016 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
5020 bar
= x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, sb_left
, sb_width
, height
);
5024 /* It may just need to be moved and resized. */
5025 unsigned int mask
= 0;
5027 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5031 if (sb_left
!= XINT (bar
->left
))
5033 if (top
!= XINT (bar
->top
))
5035 if (sb_width
!= XINT (bar
->width
))
5037 if (height
!= XINT (bar
->height
))
5040 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5042 /* Move/size the scroll bar widget. */
5045 /* Since toolkit scroll bars are smaller than the space reserved
5046 for them on the frame, we have to clear "under" them. */
5047 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5048 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5049 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
5051 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
,
5052 SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
),
5054 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5055 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
*2,
5057 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5058 XtConfigureWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
),
5059 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5061 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
5062 max (height
, 1), 0);
5063 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5065 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5067 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because of
5068 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM. */
5069 if (VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
)
5071 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5072 left
, top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5074 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5075 left
+ width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5076 top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5080 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because it's not as
5081 wide as the area reserved for it. This makes sure a
5082 previous mode line display is cleared after C-x 2 C-x 1, for
5085 int area_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
5086 int rest
= area_width
- sb_width
;
5087 if (rest
> 0 && height
> 0)
5089 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
5090 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5091 left
+ area_width
- rest
, top
,
5092 rest
, height
, False
);
5094 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5095 left
, top
, rest
, height
, False
);
5099 /* Move/size the scroll bar window. */
5104 wc
.x
= sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5106 wc
.width
= sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2;
5108 XConfigureWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
),
5112 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5114 /* Remember new settings. */
5115 XSETINT (bar
->left
, sb_left
);
5116 XSETINT (bar
->top
, top
);
5117 XSETINT (bar
->width
, sb_width
);
5118 XSETINT (bar
->height
, height
);
5123 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5124 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
5125 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5126 /* Set the scroll bar's current state, unless we're currently being
5128 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5130 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, height
);
5133 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, 0, top_range
, 0);
5136 int start
= ((double) position
* top_range
) / whole
;
5137 int end
= ((double) (position
+ portion
) * top_range
) / whole
;
5138 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, 0);
5141 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5143 XSETVECTOR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
, bar
);
5147 /* The following three hooks are used when we're doing a thorough
5148 redisplay of the frame. We don't explicitly know which scroll bars
5149 are going to be deleted, because keeping track of when windows go
5150 away is a real pain - "Can you say set-window-configuration, boys
5151 and girls?" Instead, we just assert at the beginning of redisplay
5152 that *all* scroll bars are to be removed, and then save a scroll bar
5153 from the fiery pit when we actually redisplay its window. */
5155 /* Arrange for all scroll bars on FRAME to be removed at the next call
5156 to `*judge_scroll_bars_hook'. A scroll bar may be spared if
5157 `*redeem_scroll_bar_hook' is applied to its window before the judgment. */
5160 XTcondemn_scroll_bars (frame
)
5163 /* Transfer all the scroll bars to FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS. */
5164 while (! NILP (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5167 bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5168 FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
) = XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
;
5169 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5170 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->prev
= Qnil
;
5171 if (! NILP (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5172 XSCROLL_BAR (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
))->prev
= bar
;
5173 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
) = bar
;
5178 /* Un-mark WINDOW's scroll bar for deletion in this judgment cycle.
5179 Note that WINDOW isn't necessarily condemned at all. */
5182 XTredeem_scroll_bar (window
)
5183 struct window
*window
;
5185 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5188 /* We can't redeem this window's scroll bar if it doesn't have one. */
5189 if (NILP (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5192 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5194 /* Unlink it from the condemned list. */
5195 f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (window
));
5196 if (NILP (bar
->prev
))
5198 /* If the prev pointer is nil, it must be the first in one of
5200 if (EQ (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5201 /* It's not condemned. Everything's fine. */
5203 else if (EQ (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
),
5204 window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5205 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
) = bar
->next
;
5207 /* If its prev pointer is nil, it must be at the front of
5208 one or the other! */
5212 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->prev
)->next
= bar
->next
;
5214 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5215 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
= bar
->prev
;
5217 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5219 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), bar
);
5220 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5221 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
5224 /* Remove all scroll bars on FRAME that haven't been saved since the
5225 last call to `*condemn_scroll_bars_hook'. */
5228 XTjudge_scroll_bars (f
)
5231 Lisp_Object bar
, next
;
5233 bar
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5235 /* Clear out the condemned list now so we won't try to process any
5236 more events on the hapless scroll bars. */
5237 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
) = Qnil
;
5239 for (; ! NILP (bar
); bar
= next
)
5241 struct scroll_bar
*b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
5243 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
5246 b
->next
= b
->prev
= Qnil
;
5249 /* Now there should be no references to the condemned scroll bars,
5250 and they should get garbage-collected. */
5254 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5255 /* Handle an Expose or GraphicsExpose event on a scroll bar. This
5256 is a no-op when using toolkit scroll bars.
5258 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5262 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, event
)
5263 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5266 Window w
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
);
5267 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5268 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
5269 int width_trim
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5273 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, XINT (bar
->start
), XINT (bar
->end
), 1);
5275 /* Draw a one-pixel border just inside the edges of the scroll bar. */
5276 XDrawRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
5278 /* x, y, width, height */
5280 XINT (bar
->width
) - 1 - width_trim
- width_trim
,
5281 XINT (bar
->height
) - 1);
5286 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5288 /* Handle a mouse click on the scroll bar BAR. If *EMACS_EVENT's kind
5289 is set to something other than NO_EVENT, it is enqueued.
5291 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5296 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, event
, emacs_event
)
5297 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5299 struct input_event
*emacs_event
;
5301 if (! GC_WINDOWP (bar
->window
))
5304 emacs_event
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
5305 emacs_event
->code
= event
->xbutton
.button
- Button1
;
5306 emacs_event
->modifiers
5307 = (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO
5308 (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)))),
5309 event
->xbutton
.state
)
5310 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5313 emacs_event
->frame_or_window
= bar
->window
;
5314 emacs_event
->arg
= Qnil
;
5315 emacs_event
->timestamp
= event
->xbutton
.time
;
5318 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5320 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
5323 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
5324 int y
= event
->xbutton
.y
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5327 if (y
> top_range
) y
= top_range
;
5329 if (y
< XINT (bar
->start
))
5330 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5331 else if (y
< XINT (bar
->end
) + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5332 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5334 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5336 /* Just because the user has clicked on the handle doesn't mean
5337 they want to drag it. Lisp code needs to be able to decide
5338 whether or not we're dragging. */
5340 /* If the user has just clicked on the handle, record where they're
5342 if (event
->type
== ButtonPress
5343 && emacs_event
->part
== scroll_bar_handle
)
5344 XSETINT (bar
->dragging
, y
- XINT (bar
->start
));
5347 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5348 /* If the user has released the handle, set it to its final position. */
5349 if (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5350 && ! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5352 int new_start
= y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5353 int new_end
= new_start
+ (XINT (bar
->end
) - XINT (bar
->start
));
5355 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5356 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
5360 /* Same deal here as the other #if 0. */
5362 /* Clicks on the handle are always reported as occurring at the top of
5364 if (emacs_event
->part
== scroll_bar_handle
)
5365 emacs_event
->x
= bar
->start
;
5367 XSETINT (emacs_event
->x
, y
);
5369 XSETINT (emacs_event
->x
, y
);
5372 XSETINT (emacs_event
->y
, top_range
);
5376 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5378 /* Handle some mouse motion while someone is dragging the scroll bar.
5380 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5384 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar
, event
)
5385 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5388 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->frame
);
5390 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->xmotion
.time
;
5393 XSETVECTOR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
, bar
);
5395 /* If we're dragging the bar, display it. */
5396 if (! GC_NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5398 /* Where should the handle be now? */
5399 int new_start
= event
->xmotion
.y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5401 if (new_start
!= XINT (bar
->start
))
5403 int new_end
= new_start
+ (XINT (bar
->end
) - XINT (bar
->start
));
5405 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5410 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5412 /* Return information to the user about the current position of the mouse
5413 on the scroll bar. */
5416 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
)
5418 Lisp_Object
*bar_window
;
5419 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
;
5421 unsigned long *time
;
5423 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
5424 Window w
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
);
5425 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5427 Window dummy_window
;
5429 unsigned int dummy_mask
;
5433 /* Get the mouse's position relative to the scroll bar window, and
5435 if (! XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5437 /* Root, child, root x and root y. */
5438 &dummy_window
, &dummy_window
,
5439 &dummy_coord
, &dummy_coord
,
5441 /* Position relative to scroll bar. */
5444 /* Mouse buttons and modifier keys. */
5451 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
5454 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
5456 win_y
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5458 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5459 win_y
-= XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5463 if (win_y
> top_range
)
5467 *bar_window
= bar
->window
;
5469 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5470 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5471 else if (win_y
< XINT (bar
->start
))
5472 *part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5473 else if (win_y
< XINT (bar
->end
) + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5474 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5476 *part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5478 XSETINT (*x
, win_y
);
5479 XSETINT (*y
, top_range
);
5482 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
5485 *time
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
5491 /* The screen has been cleared so we may have changed foreground or
5492 background colors, and the scroll bars may need to be redrawn.
5493 Clear out the scroll bars, and ask for expose events, so we can
5497 x_scroll_bar_clear (f
)
5500 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5503 /* We can have scroll bars even if this is 0,
5504 if we just turned off scroll bar mode.
5505 But in that case we should not clear them. */
5506 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
5507 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); VECTORP (bar
);
5508 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
5509 XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5510 SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)),
5512 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5516 /* The main X event-reading loop - XTread_socket. */
5519 /* Time stamp of enter window event. This is only used by XTread_socket,
5520 but we have to put it out here, since static variables within functions
5521 sometimes don't work. */
5523 static Time enter_timestamp
;
5526 /* This holds the state XLookupString needs to implement dead keys
5527 and other tricks known as "compose processing". _X Window System_
5528 says that a portable program can't use this, but Stephen Gildea assures
5529 me that letting the compiler initialize it to zeros will work okay.
5531 This must be defined outside of XTread_socket, for the same reasons
5532 given for enter_timestamp, above. */
5534 static XComposeStatus compose_status
;
5536 /* Record the last 100 characters stored
5537 to help debug the loss-of-chars-during-GC problem. */
5539 static int temp_index
;
5540 static short temp_buffer
[100];
5542 #define STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG(keysym) \
5543 if (temp_index == sizeof temp_buffer / sizeof (short)) \
5545 temp_buffer[temp_index++] = (keysym)
5547 /* Set this to nonzero to fake an "X I/O error"
5548 on a particular display. */
5550 struct x_display_info
*XTread_socket_fake_io_error
;
5552 /* When we find no input here, we occasionally do a no-op command
5553 to verify that the X server is still running and we can still talk with it.
5554 We try all the open displays, one by one.
5555 This variable is used for cycling thru the displays. */
5557 static struct x_display_info
*next_noop_dpyinfo
;
5559 #define SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT(size) \
5562 if (f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event == 0) \
5563 f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event \
5564 = (XEvent *) xmalloc (sizeof (XEvent)); \
5565 bcopy (&event, f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event, size); \
5566 inev.ie.kind = MENU_BAR_ACTIVATE_EVENT; \
5567 XSETFRAME (inev.ie.frame_or_window, f); \
5571 #define SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT (sizeof (XButtonEvent))
5572 #define SET_SAVED_KEY_EVENT SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT (sizeof (XKeyEvent))
5582 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5583 DPYINFO is the display this event is for.
5584 EVENT is the X event to filter.
5586 Returns non-zero if the event was filtered, caller shall not process
5588 Returns zero if event is wasn't filtered. */
5592 x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, event
)
5593 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5596 /* XFilterEvent returns non-zero if the input method has
5597 consumed the event. We pass the frame's X window to
5598 XFilterEvent because that's the one for which the IC
5601 struct frame
*f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5602 event
->xclient
.window
);
5604 return XFilterEvent (event
, f1
? FRAME_X_WINDOW (f1
) : None
);
5609 static int current_count
;
5610 static int current_finish
;
5611 static struct input_event
*current_hold_quit
;
5613 /* This is the filter function invoked by the GTK event loop.
5614 It is invoked before the XEvent is translated to a GdkEvent,
5615 so we have a chance to act on the event before GTK. */
5616 static GdkFilterReturn
5617 event_handler_gdk (gxev
, ev
, data
)
5622 XEvent
*xev
= (XEvent
*) gxev
;
5624 if (current_count
>= 0)
5626 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5628 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (xev
->xany
.display
);
5631 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5632 GTK calls XFilterEvent but not for key press and release,
5633 so we do it here. */
5634 if (xev
->type
== KeyPress
|| xev
->type
== KeyRelease
)
5635 if (dpyinfo
&& x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, xev
))
5636 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5640 current_finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5644 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, xev
, ¤t_finish
,
5649 current_finish
= x_dispatch_event (xev
, xev
->xany
.display
);
5651 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
|| current_finish
== X_EVENT_DROP
)
5652 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5654 return GDK_FILTER_CONTINUE
;
5656 #endif /* USE_GTK */
5659 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DPYINFO.
5661 *FINISH is X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT if caller should stop reading events.
5662 *FINISH is zero if caller should continue reading events.
5663 *FINISH is X_EVENT_DROP if event should not be passed to the toolkit.
5665 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer. */
5668 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, eventp
, finish
, hold_quit
)
5669 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5672 struct input_event
*hold_quit
;
5675 struct input_event ie
;
5676 struct selection_input_event sie
;
5682 struct coding_system coding
;
5683 XEvent event
= *eventp
;
5685 *finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5687 EVENT_INIT (inev
.ie
);
5688 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
;
5695 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5696 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
5697 && event
.xclient
.format
== 32)
5699 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5700 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
)
5702 /* Use x_any_window_to_frame because this
5703 could be the shell widget window
5704 if the frame has no title bar. */
5705 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5707 /* Not quite sure this is needed -pd */
5708 if (f
&& FRAME_XIC (f
))
5709 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (f
));
5711 #if 0 /* Emacs sets WM hints whose `input' field is `true'. This
5712 instructs the WM to set the input focus automatically for
5713 Emacs with a call to XSetInputFocus. Setting WM_TAKE_FOCUS
5714 tells the WM to send us a ClientMessage WM_TAKE_FOCUS after
5715 it has set the focus. So, XSetInputFocus below is not
5718 The call to XSetInputFocus below has also caused trouble. In
5719 cases where the XSetInputFocus done by the WM and the one
5720 below are temporally close (on a fast machine), the call
5721 below can generate additional FocusIn events which confuse
5724 /* Since we set WM_TAKE_FOCUS, we must call
5725 XSetInputFocus explicitly. But not if f is null,
5726 since that might be an event for a deleted frame. */
5729 Display
*d
= event
.xclient
.display
;
5730 /* Catch and ignore errors, in case window has been
5731 iconified by a window manager such as GWM. */
5733 XSetInputFocus (d
, event
.xclient
.window
,
5734 /* The ICCCM says this is
5735 the only valid choice. */
5737 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1]);
5738 /* This is needed to detect the error
5739 if there is an error. */
5741 x_uncatch_errors ();
5743 /* Not certain about handling scroll bars here */
5748 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5749 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
)
5751 /* Save state modify the WM_COMMAND property to
5752 something which can reinstate us. This notifies
5753 the session manager, who's looking for such a
5754 PropertyNotify. Can restart processing when
5755 a keyboard or mouse event arrives. */
5756 /* If we have a session manager, don't set this.
5757 KDE will then start two Emacsen, one for the
5758 session manager and one for this. */
5760 if (! x_session_have_connection ())
5763 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5764 event
.xclient
.window
);
5765 /* This is just so we only give real data once
5766 for a single Emacs process. */
5767 if (f
== SELECTED_FRAME ())
5768 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5769 event
.xclient
.window
,
5770 initial_argv
, initial_argc
);
5772 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5773 event
.xclient
.window
,
5779 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5780 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
)
5782 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5783 event
.xclient
.window
);
5785 goto OTHER
; /* May be a dialog that is to be removed */
5787 inev
.ie
.kind
= DELETE_WINDOW_EVENT
;
5788 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
5795 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5796 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
)
5801 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5802 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
)
5805 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5807 new_x
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[0];
5808 new_y
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[1];
5812 f
->left_pos
= new_x
;
5819 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5820 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
)
5822 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5824 _XEditResCheckMessages (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, NULL
,
5828 #endif /* HACK_EDITRES */
5830 if ((event
.xclient
.message_type
5831 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
)
5832 || (event
.xclient
.message_type
5833 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
))
5835 /* Ghostview job completed. Kill it. We could
5836 reply with "Next" if we received "Page", but we
5837 currently never do because we are interested in
5838 images, only, which should have 1 page. */
5839 Pixmap pixmap
= (Pixmap
) event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1];
5840 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5843 x_kill_gs_process (pixmap
, f
);
5844 expose_frame (f
, 0, 0, 0, 0);
5848 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5849 /* Scroll bar callbacks send a ClientMessage from which
5850 we construct an input_event. */
5851 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5852 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
)
5854 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (&event
, &inev
.ie
);
5855 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
5858 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5860 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5863 if (x_handle_dnd_message (f
, &event
.xclient
, dpyinfo
, &inev
.ie
))
5864 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
5868 case SelectionNotify
:
5869 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5870 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselection
.requestor
))
5872 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
5873 x_handle_selection_notify (&event
.xselection
);
5876 case SelectionClear
: /* Someone has grabbed ownership. */
5877 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5878 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionclear
.window
))
5880 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
5882 XSelectionClearEvent
*eventp
= (XSelectionClearEvent
*) &event
;
5884 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT
;
5885 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->display
;
5886 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
5887 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
5888 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= Qnil
;
5892 case SelectionRequest
: /* Someone wants our selection. */
5893 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5894 if (!x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionrequest
.owner
))
5896 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
5898 XSelectionRequestEvent
*eventp
5899 = (XSelectionRequestEvent
*) &event
;
5901 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT
;
5902 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->display
;
5903 SELECTION_EVENT_REQUESTOR (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->requestor
;
5904 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
5905 SELECTION_EVENT_TARGET (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->target
;
5906 SELECTION_EVENT_PROPERTY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->property
;
5907 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
5908 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= Qnil
;
5912 case PropertyNotify
:
5913 #if 0 /* This is plain wrong. In the case that we are waiting for a
5914 PropertyNotify used as an ACK in incremental selection
5915 transfer, the property will be on the receiver's window. */
5916 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT
5917 if (!x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xproperty
.window
))
5921 x_handle_property_notify (&event
.xproperty
);
5924 case ReparentNotify
:
5925 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xreparent
.window
);
5929 f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
= event
.xreparent
.parent
;
5930 x_real_positions (f
, &x
, &y
);
5934 /* Perhaps reparented due to a WM restart. Reset this. */
5935 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
5940 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xexpose
.window
);
5943 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
5946 /* This seems to be needed for GTK 2.6. */
5947 x_clear_area (event
.xexpose
.display
,
5948 event
.xexpose
.window
,
5949 event
.xexpose
.x
, event
.xexpose
.y
,
5950 event
.xexpose
.width
, event
.xexpose
.height
,
5953 if (f
->async_visible
== 0)
5955 f
->async_visible
= 1;
5956 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
5957 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
5958 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
5962 event
.xexpose
.x
, event
.xexpose
.y
,
5963 event
.xexpose
.width
, event
.xexpose
.height
);
5967 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5968 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5970 #if defined USE_LUCID
5971 /* Submenus of the Lucid menu bar aren't widgets
5972 themselves, so there's no way to dispatch events
5973 to them. Recognize this case separately. */
5976 = x_window_to_menu_bar (event
.xexpose
.window
);
5978 xlwmenu_redisplay (widget
);
5980 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
5982 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5983 /* Dispatch event to the widget. */
5985 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5986 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xexpose
.display
,
5987 event
.xexpose
.window
);
5990 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, &event
);
5991 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5994 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
5995 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5999 case GraphicsExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6000 source area was obscured or not
6002 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.drawable
);
6006 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.x
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.y
,
6007 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.width
,
6008 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.height
);
6010 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6013 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6016 case NoExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6017 source area was completely
6022 /* Redo the mouse-highlight after the tooltip has gone. */
6023 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6026 redo_mouse_highlight ();
6029 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xunmap
.window
);
6030 if (f
) /* F may no longer exist if
6031 the frame was deleted. */
6033 /* While a frame is unmapped, display generation is
6034 disabled; you don't want to spend time updating a
6035 display that won't ever be seen. */
6036 f
->async_visible
= 0;
6037 /* We can't distinguish, from the event, whether the window
6038 has become iconified or invisible. So assume, if it
6039 was previously visible, than now it is iconified.
6040 But x_make_frame_invisible clears both
6041 the visible flag and the iconified flag;
6042 and that way, we know the window is not iconified now. */
6043 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) || FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
6045 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
6047 inev
.ie
.kind
= ICONIFY_EVENT
;
6048 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6054 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6055 /* The tooltip has been drawn already. Avoid
6056 the SET_FRAME_GARBAGED below. */
6059 /* We use x_top_window_to_frame because map events can
6060 come for sub-windows and they don't mean that the
6061 frame is visible. */
6062 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmap
.window
);
6065 /* wait_reading_process_output will notice this and update
6066 the frame's display structures.
6067 If we where iconified, we should not set garbaged,
6068 because that stops redrawing on Expose events. This looks
6069 bad if we are called from a recursive event loop
6070 (x_dispatch_event), for example when a dialog is up. */
6071 if (! f
->async_iconified
)
6072 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6074 f
->async_visible
= 1;
6075 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
6076 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6080 inev
.ie
.kind
= DEICONIFY_EVENT
;
6081 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6083 else if (! NILP (Vframe_list
)
6084 && ! NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
6085 /* Force a redisplay sooner or later
6086 to update the frame titles
6087 in case this is the second frame. */
6088 record_asynch_buffer_change ();
6094 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6096 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6097 /* Dispatch KeyPress events when in menu. */
6098 if (popup_activated ())
6102 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xkey
.window
);
6104 /* If mouse-highlight is an integer, input clears out
6105 mouse highlighting. */
6106 if (!dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
&& INTEGERP (Vmouse_highlight
)
6108 || !EQ (f
->tool_bar_window
, dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
)))
6110 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6111 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 1;
6114 #if defined USE_MOTIF && defined USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6117 /* Scroll bars consume key events, but we want
6118 the keys to go to the scroll bar's frame. */
6119 Widget widget
= XtWindowToWidget (dpyinfo
->display
,
6121 if (widget
&& XmIsScrollBar (widget
))
6123 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
6124 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, XtWindow (widget
));
6127 #endif /* USE_MOTIF and USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6131 KeySym keysym
, orig_keysym
;
6132 /* al%imercury@uunet.uu.net says that making this 81
6133 instead of 80 fixed a bug whereby meta chars made
6136 It seems that some version of XmbLookupString has
6137 a bug of not returning XBufferOverflow in
6138 status_return even if the input is too long to
6139 fit in 81 bytes. So, we must prepare sufficient
6140 bytes for copy_buffer. 513 bytes (256 chars for
6141 two-byte character set) seems to be a fairly good
6142 approximation. -- 2000.8.10 handa@etl.go.jp */
6143 unsigned char copy_buffer
[513];
6144 unsigned char *copy_bufptr
= copy_buffer
;
6145 int copy_bufsiz
= sizeof (copy_buffer
);
6147 Lisp_Object coding_system
= Qlatin_1
;
6151 /* Don't pass keys to GTK. A Tab will shift focus to the
6152 tool bar in GTK 2.4. Keys will still go to menus and
6153 dialogs because in that case popup_activated is TRUE
6155 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6159 |= x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
6160 extra_keyboard_modifiers
);
6161 modifiers
= event
.xkey
.state
;
6163 /* This will have to go some day... */
6165 /* make_lispy_event turns chars into control chars.
6166 Don't do it here because XLookupString is too eager. */
6167 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~ControlMask
;
6168 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~(dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
6169 | dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
6170 | dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
6171 | dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
);
6173 /* In case Meta is ComposeCharacter,
6174 clear its status. According to Markus Ehrnsperger
6175 Markus.Ehrnsperger@lehrstuhl-bross.physik.uni-muenchen.de
6176 this enables ComposeCharacter to work whether or
6177 not it is combined with Meta. */
6178 if (modifiers
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
6179 bzero (&compose_status
, sizeof (compose_status
));
6184 Status status_return
;
6186 coding_system
= Vlocale_coding_system
;
6187 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6188 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6189 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6191 if (status_return
== XBufferOverflow
)
6193 copy_bufsiz
= nbytes
+ 1;
6194 copy_bufptr
= (unsigned char *) alloca (copy_bufsiz
);
6195 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6196 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6197 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6200 /* Xutf8LookupString is a new but already deprecated interface. -stef */
6201 #if 0 && defined X_HAVE_UTF8_STRING
6202 else if (status_return
== XLookupKeySym
)
6203 { /* Try again but with utf-8. */
6204 coding_system
= Qutf_8
;
6205 nbytes
= Xutf8LookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6206 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6207 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6209 if (status_return
== XBufferOverflow
)
6211 copy_bufsiz
= nbytes
+ 1;
6212 copy_bufptr
= (unsigned char *) alloca (copy_bufsiz
);
6213 nbytes
= Xutf8LookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6216 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6222 if (status_return
== XLookupNone
)
6224 else if (status_return
== XLookupChars
)
6229 else if (status_return
!= XLookupKeySym
6230 && status_return
!= XLookupBoth
)
6234 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6235 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6238 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6239 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6243 /* If not using XIM/XIC, and a compose sequence is in progress,
6244 we break here. Otherwise, chars_matched is always 0. */
6245 if (compose_status
.chars_matched
> 0 && nbytes
== 0)
6248 bzero (&compose_status
, sizeof (compose_status
));
6249 orig_keysym
= keysym
;
6251 /* Common for all keysym input events. */
6252 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6254 = x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
), modifiers
);
6255 inev
.ie
.timestamp
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6257 /* First deal with keysyms which have defined
6258 translations to characters. */
6259 if (keysym
>= 32 && keysym
< 128)
6260 /* Avoid explicitly decoding each ASCII character. */
6262 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6263 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
6267 /* Keysyms directly mapped to supported Unicode characters. */
6268 if ((keysym
>= 0x01000000 && keysym
<= 0x010033ff)
6269 || (keysym
>= 0x0100e000 && keysym
<= 0x0100ffff))
6271 int code
= keysym
& 0xFFFF, charset_id
, c1
, c2
;
6275 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6276 inev
.ie
.code
= code
;
6278 else if (code
< 0x100)
6281 charset_id
= CHARSET_8_BIT_CONTROL
;
6283 charset_id
= charset_latin_iso8859_1
;
6284 inev
.ie
.kind
= MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6285 inev
.ie
.code
= MAKE_CHAR (charset_id
, code
, 0);
6290 charset_id
= charset_mule_unicode_0100_24ff
,
6292 else if (code
< 0xE000)
6293 charset_id
= charset_mule_unicode_2500_33ff
,
6296 charset_id
= charset_mule_unicode_e000_ffff
,
6298 c1
= (code
/ 96) + 32, c2
= (code
% 96) + 32;
6299 inev
.ie
.kind
= MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6300 inev
.ie
.code
= MAKE_CHAR (charset_id
, c1
, c2
);
6305 /* Now non-ASCII. */
6306 if (HASH_TABLE_P (Vx_keysym_table
)
6307 && (NATNUMP (c
= Fgethash (make_number (keysym
),
6311 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (XFASTINT (c
))
6312 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6313 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6314 inev
.ie
.code
= XFASTINT (c
);
6318 /* Random non-modifier sorts of keysyms. */
6319 if (((keysym
>= XK_BackSpace
&& keysym
<= XK_Escape
)
6320 || keysym
== XK_Delete
6321 #ifdef XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6322 || (keysym
>= XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6323 && keysym
<= XK_ISO_Enter
)
6325 || IsCursorKey (keysym
) /* 0xff50 <= x < 0xff60 */
6326 || IsMiscFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xff60 <= x < VARIES */
6328 /* This recognizes the "extended function
6329 keys". It seems there's no cleaner way.
6330 Test IsModifierKey to avoid handling
6331 mode_switch incorrectly. */
6332 || ((unsigned) (keysym
) >= XK_Select
6333 && (unsigned)(keysym
) < XK_KP_Space
)
6335 #ifdef XK_dead_circumflex
6336 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_circumflex
6338 #ifdef XK_dead_grave
6339 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_grave
6341 #ifdef XK_dead_tilde
6342 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_tilde
6344 #ifdef XK_dead_diaeresis
6345 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_diaeresis
6347 #ifdef XK_dead_macron
6348 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_macron
6350 #ifdef XK_dead_degree
6351 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_degree
6353 #ifdef XK_dead_acute
6354 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_acute
6356 #ifdef XK_dead_cedilla
6357 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_cedilla
6359 #ifdef XK_dead_breve
6360 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_breve
6362 #ifdef XK_dead_ogonek
6363 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_ogonek
6365 #ifdef XK_dead_caron
6366 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_caron
6368 #ifdef XK_dead_doubleacute
6369 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_doubleacute
6371 #ifdef XK_dead_abovedot
6372 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_abovedot
6374 || IsKeypadKey (keysym
) /* 0xff80 <= x < 0xffbe */
6375 || IsFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xffbe <= x < 0xffe1 */
6376 /* Any "vendor-specific" key is ok. */
6377 || (orig_keysym
& (1 << 28))
6378 || (keysym
!= NoSymbol
&& nbytes
== 0))
6379 && ! (IsModifierKey (orig_keysym
)
6381 #ifdef XK_Mode_switch
6382 || ((unsigned)(orig_keysym
) == XK_Mode_switch
)
6385 || ((unsigned)(orig_keysym
) == XK_Num_Lock
)
6387 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R5 */
6388 /* The symbols from XK_ISO_Lock
6389 to XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6390 don't have real modifiers but
6391 should be treated similarly to
6392 Mode_switch by Emacs. */
6393 #if defined XK_ISO_Lock && defined XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6394 || ((unsigned)(orig_keysym
)
6396 && (unsigned)(orig_keysym
)
6397 <= XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
)
6401 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (keysym
);
6402 /* make_lispy_event will convert this to a symbolic
6404 inev
.ie
.kind
= NON_ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6405 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
6409 { /* Raw bytes, not keysym. */
6414 /* The input should be decoded with `coding_system'
6415 which depends on which X*LookupString function
6416 we used just above and the locale. */
6417 setup_coding_system (coding_system
, &coding
);
6418 coding
.src_multibyte
= 0;
6419 coding
.dst_multibyte
= 1;
6420 /* The input is converted to events, thus we can't
6421 handle composition. Anyway, there's no XIM that
6422 gives us composition information. */
6423 coding
.composing
= COMPOSITION_DISABLED
;
6425 for (i
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
++)
6427 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (copy_bufptr
[i
]);
6431 /* Decode the input data. */
6435 require
= decoding_buffer_size (&coding
, nbytes
);
6436 p
= (unsigned char *) alloca (require
);
6437 coding
.mode
|= CODING_MODE_LAST_BLOCK
;
6438 /* We explicitly disable composition handling because
6439 key data should not contain any composition sequence. */
6440 coding
.composing
= COMPOSITION_DISABLED
;
6441 decode_coding (&coding
, copy_bufptr
, p
, nbytes
, require
);
6442 nbytes
= coding
.produced
;
6443 nchars
= coding
.produced_char
;
6447 /* Convert the input data to a sequence of
6448 character events. */
6449 for (i
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
+= len
)
6451 if (nchars
== nbytes
)
6452 c
= copy_bufptr
[i
], len
= 1;
6454 c
= STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH (copy_bufptr
+ i
,
6456 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (c
)
6457 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6458 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6460 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
6463 /* Previous code updated count by nchars rather than nbytes,
6464 but that seems bogus to me. ++kfs */
6467 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
; /* Already stored above. */
6469 if (keysym
== NoSymbol
)
6475 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6476 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6485 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6486 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6494 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6496 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
6498 if (f
&& x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
)
6499 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= event
.xmotion
.time
+ 200;
6502 if (event
.xcrossing
.focus
)
6504 /* Avoid nasty pop/raise loops. */
6505 if (f
&& (!(f
->auto_raise
)
6507 || (event
.xcrossing
.time
- enter_timestamp
) > 500))
6509 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, f
);
6510 enter_timestamp
= event
.xcrossing
.time
;
6513 else if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
6514 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, 0);
6517 /* EnterNotify counts as mouse movement,
6518 so update things that depend on mouse position. */
6519 if (f
&& !f
->output_data
.x
->hourglass_p
)
6520 note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
);
6522 /* We may get an EnterNotify on the buttons in the toolbar. In that
6523 case we moved out of any highlighted area and need to note this. */
6524 if (!f
&& last_mouse_glyph_frame
)
6525 note_mouse_movement (last_mouse_glyph_frame
, &event
);
6530 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6534 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6536 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
6539 if (f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
6541 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6542 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6543 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6544 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
6547 /* Generate a nil HELP_EVENT to cancel a help-echo.
6548 Do it only if there's something to cancel.
6549 Otherwise, the startup message is cleared when
6550 the mouse leaves the frame. */
6551 if (any_help_event_p
)
6555 /* See comment in EnterNotify above */
6556 else if (last_mouse_glyph_frame
)
6557 note_mouse_movement (last_mouse_glyph_frame
, &event
);
6562 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6567 previous_help_echo_string
= help_echo_string
;
6568 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
6570 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
6571 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
6572 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
6574 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmotion
.window
);
6576 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
)
6578 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
6579 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6585 /* Generate SELECT_WINDOW_EVENTs when needed. */
6586 if (mouse_autoselect_window
)
6590 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
,
6591 event
.xmotion
.x
, event
.xmotion
.y
,
6594 /* Window will be selected only when it is not selected now and
6595 last mouse movement event was not in it. Minibuffer window
6596 will be selected iff it is active. */
6597 if (WINDOWP (window
)
6598 && !EQ (window
, last_window
)
6599 && !EQ (window
, selected_window
))
6601 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECT_WINDOW_EVENT
;
6602 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= window
;
6607 if (!note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
))
6608 help_echo_string
= previous_help_echo_string
;
6612 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6613 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6614 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xmotion
.display
,
6615 event
.xmotion
.window
);
6618 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar
, &event
);
6619 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6621 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6622 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6623 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6626 /* If the contents of the global variable help_echo_string
6627 has changed, generate a HELP_EVENT. */
6628 if (!NILP (help_echo_string
)
6629 || !NILP (previous_help_echo_string
))
6634 case ConfigureNotify
:
6635 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xconfigure
.window
);
6638 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6640 xg_resize_widgets (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
,
6641 event
.xconfigure
.height
);
6642 #else /* not USE_GTK */
6643 /* If there is a pending resize for fullscreen, don't
6644 do this one, the right one will come later.
6645 The toolkit version doesn't seem to need this, but we
6646 need to reset it below. */
6648 = ((f
->want_fullscreen
& FULLSCREEN_WAIT
)
6649 && f
->new_text_cols
!= 0);
6650 int rows
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT_TO_TEXT_LINES (f
, event
.xconfigure
.height
);
6651 int columns
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
);
6656 /* In the toolkit version, change_frame_size
6657 is called by the code that handles resizing
6658 of the EmacsFrame widget. */
6660 /* Even if the number of character rows and columns has
6661 not changed, the font size may have changed, so we need
6662 to check the pixel dimensions as well. */
6663 if (columns
!= FRAME_COLS (f
)
6664 || rows
!= FRAME_LINES (f
)
6665 || event
.xconfigure
.width
!= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6666 || event
.xconfigure
.height
!= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
))
6668 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, columns
, 0, 1, 0);
6669 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6670 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
6672 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
6675 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = event
.xconfigure
.width
;
6676 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = event
.xconfigure
.height
;
6679 /* GTK creates windows but doesn't map them.
6680 Only get real positions and check fullscreen when mapped. */
6681 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)
6682 && GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)))
6685 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->left_pos
, &f
->top_pos
);
6687 if (f
->want_fullscreen
& FULLSCREEN_WAIT
)
6688 f
->want_fullscreen
&= ~(FULLSCREEN_WAIT
|FULLSCREEN_BOTH
);
6692 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
))
6693 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
6696 if (f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
!= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
)
6698 /* Since the WM decorations come below top_pos now,
6699 we must put them below top_pos in the future. */
6700 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
6701 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
6709 /* If we decide we want to generate an event to be seen
6710 by the rest of Emacs, we put it here. */
6713 bzero (&compose_status
, sizeof (compose_status
));
6714 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= 0;
6716 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
6718 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
6719 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
6721 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xbutton
.window
);
6725 /* Is this in the tool-bar? */
6726 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
6727 && WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
)))
6730 int x
= event
.xbutton
.x
;
6731 int y
= event
.xbutton
.y
;
6733 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
, x
, y
, 0, 0, 0, 1);
6734 if (EQ (window
, f
->tool_bar_window
))
6736 if (event
.xbutton
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6737 handle_tool_bar_click (f
, x
, y
, 1, 0);
6739 handle_tool_bar_click (f
, x
, y
, 0,
6740 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo
,
6741 event
.xbutton
.state
));
6747 if (!dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
6748 || f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
6750 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6751 if (! popup_activated ())
6754 if (ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
)
6756 if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
6757 && (int)(event
.xbutton
.time
- ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
) > 0)
6759 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6760 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
.xbutton
, f
);
6762 if (event
.type
== ButtonRelease
)
6763 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6766 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
.xbutton
, f
);
6772 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6773 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xbutton
.display
,
6774 event
.xbutton
.window
);
6776 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6777 /* Make the "Ctrl-Mouse-2 splits window" work for toolkit
6779 if (bar
&& event
.xbutton
.state
& ControlMask
)
6781 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6782 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6784 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6786 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6787 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6790 if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6792 dpyinfo
->grabbed
|= (1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
6793 last_mouse_frame
= f
;
6796 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
6799 dpyinfo
->grabbed
&= ~(1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
6801 /* Ignore any mouse motion that happened before this event;
6802 any subsequent mouse-movement Emacs events should reflect
6803 only motion after the ButtonPress/Release. */
6807 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6808 f
= x_menubar_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xbutton
.window
);
6809 /* For a down-event in the menu bar,
6810 don't pass it to Xt right now.
6811 Instead, save it away
6812 and we will pass it to Xt from kbd_buffer_get_event.
6813 That way, we can run some Lisp code first. */
6816 ! popup_activated ()
6819 f
&& event
.type
== ButtonPress
6820 /* Verify the event is really within the menu bar
6821 and not just sent to it due to grabbing. */
6822 && event
.xbutton
.x
>= 0
6823 && event
.xbutton
.x
< FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6824 && event
.xbutton
.y
>= 0
6825 && event
.xbutton
.y
< f
->output_data
.x
->menubar_height
6826 && event
.xbutton
.same_screen
)
6828 SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT
;
6829 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_press_frame
, f
);
6831 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6834 else if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6836 last_mouse_press_frame
= Qnil
;
6840 #ifdef USE_MOTIF /* This should do not harm for Lucid,
6841 but I am trying to be cautious. */
6842 else if (event
.type
== ButtonRelease
)
6844 if (!NILP (last_mouse_press_frame
))
6846 f
= XFRAME (last_mouse_press_frame
);
6847 if (f
->output_data
.x
)
6848 SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT
;
6853 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
6856 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT || USE_GTK */
6860 case CirculateNotify
:
6863 case CirculateRequest
:
6866 case VisibilityNotify
:
6870 /* Someone has changed the keyboard mapping - update the
6872 switch (event
.xmapping
.request
)
6874 case MappingModifier
:
6875 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
6876 /* This is meant to fall through. */
6877 case MappingKeyboard
:
6878 XRefreshKeyboardMapping (&event
.xmapping
);
6884 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6886 if (*finish
!= X_EVENT_DROP
)
6887 XtDispatchEvent (&event
);
6889 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6894 if (inev
.ie
.kind
!= NO_EVENT
)
6896 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
6901 && !(hold_quit
&& hold_quit
->kind
!= NO_EVENT
))
6906 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
6912 any_help_event_p
= 1;
6913 gen_help_event (help_echo_string
, frame
, help_echo_window
,
6914 help_echo_object
, help_echo_pos
);
6918 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
6919 gen_help_event (Qnil
, frame
, Qnil
, Qnil
, 0);
6929 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DISPLAY.
6930 This is used for event loops outside the normal event handling,
6931 i.e. looping while a popup menu or a dialog is posted.
6933 Returns the value handle_one_xevent sets in the finish argument. */
6935 x_dispatch_event (event
, display
)
6939 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
6940 int finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
6942 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (display
);
6945 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, event
, &finish
, 0);
6951 /* Read events coming from the X server.
6952 This routine is called by the SIGIO handler.
6953 We return as soon as there are no more events to be read.
6955 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer,
6956 thus pretending to be `read'.
6958 EXPECTED is nonzero if the caller knows input is available. */
6961 XTread_socket (sd
, expected
, hold_quit
)
6964 struct input_event
*hold_quit
;
6968 int event_found
= 0;
6969 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
6971 if (interrupt_input_blocked
)
6973 interrupt_input_pending
= 1;
6977 interrupt_input_pending
= 0;
6980 /* So people can tell when we have read the available input. */
6981 input_signal_count
++;
6985 /* Find the display we are supposed to read input for.
6986 It's the one communicating on descriptor SD. */
6987 for (dpyinfo
= x_display_list
; dpyinfo
; dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
)
6989 #if 0 /* This ought to be unnecessary; let's verify it. */
6991 /* If available, Xlib uses FIOSNBIO to make the socket
6992 non-blocking, and then looks for EWOULDBLOCK. If O_NDELAY is set,
6993 FIOSNBIO is ignored, and instead of signaling EWOULDBLOCK,
6994 a read returns 0, which Xlib interprets as equivalent to EPIPE. */
6995 fcntl (dpyinfo
->connection
, F_SETFL
, 0);
6996 #endif /* ! defined (FIOSNBIO) */
6999 #if 0 /* This code can't be made to work, with multiple displays,
7000 and appears not to be used on any system any more.
7001 Also keyboard.c doesn't turn O_NDELAY on and off
7002 for X connections. */
7005 if (! (fcntl (dpyinfo
->connection
, F_GETFL
, 0) & O_NDELAY
))
7007 extern int read_alarm_should_throw
;
7008 read_alarm_should_throw
= 1;
7009 XPeekEvent (dpyinfo
->display
, &event
);
7010 read_alarm_should_throw
= 0;
7012 #endif /* HAVE_SELECT */
7016 /* For debugging, this gives a way to fake an I/O error. */
7017 if (dpyinfo
== XTread_socket_fake_io_error
)
7019 XTread_socket_fake_io_error
= 0;
7020 x_io_error_quitter (dpyinfo
->display
);
7025 struct input_event inev
;
7027 /* We don't need to EVENT_INIT (inev) here, as
7028 x_session_check_input copies an entire input_event. */
7029 if (x_session_check_input (&inev
))
7031 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
, hold_quit
);
7039 while (XPending (dpyinfo
->display
))
7043 XNextEvent (dpyinfo
->display
, &event
);
7046 /* Filter events for the current X input method. */
7047 if (x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, &event
))
7052 count
+= handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, &event
, &finish
, hold_quit
);
7054 if (finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7057 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
7062 /* For GTK we must use the GTK event loop. But XEvents gets passed
7063 to our filter function above, and then to the big event switch.
7064 We use a bunch of globals to communicate with our filter function,
7065 that is kind of ugly, but it works.
7067 There is no way to do one display at the time, GTK just does events
7068 from all displays. */
7070 while (gtk_events_pending ())
7072 current_count
= count
;
7073 current_hold_quit
= hold_quit
;
7075 gtk_main_iteration ();
7077 count
= current_count
;
7079 current_hold_quit
= 0;
7081 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7084 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7088 /* On some systems, an X bug causes Emacs to get no more events
7089 when the window is destroyed. Detect that. (1994.) */
7092 /* Emacs and the X Server eats up CPU time if XNoOp is done every time.
7093 One XNOOP in 100 loops will make Emacs terminate.
7094 B. Bretthauer, 1994 */
7096 if (x_noop_count
>= 100)
7100 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== 0)
7101 next_noop_dpyinfo
= x_display_list
;
7103 XNoOp (next_noop_dpyinfo
->display
);
7105 /* Each time we get here, cycle through the displays now open. */
7106 next_noop_dpyinfo
= next_noop_dpyinfo
->next
;
7110 /* If the focus was just given to an auto-raising frame,
7112 /* ??? This ought to be able to handle more than one such frame. */
7113 if (pending_autoraise_frame
)
7115 x_raise_frame (pending_autoraise_frame
);
7116 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
7128 /***********************************************************************
7130 ***********************************************************************/
7132 /* Set clipping for output in glyph row ROW. W is the window in which
7133 we operate. GC is the graphics context to set clipping in.
7135 ROW may be a text row or, e.g., a mode line. Text rows must be
7136 clipped to the interior of the window dedicated to text display,
7137 mode lines must be clipped to the whole window. */
7140 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, area
, gc
)
7142 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7146 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7147 XRectangle clip_rect
;
7148 int window_x
, window_y
, window_width
;
7150 window_box (w
, area
, &window_x
, &window_y
, &window_width
, 0);
7152 clip_rect
.x
= window_x
;
7153 clip_rect
.y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, row
->y
));
7154 clip_rect
.y
= max (clip_rect
.y
, window_y
);
7155 clip_rect
.width
= window_width
;
7156 clip_rect
.height
= row
->visible_height
;
7158 XSetClipRectangles (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
, 0, 0, &clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
7162 /* Draw a hollow box cursor on window W in glyph row ROW. */
7165 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w
, row
)
7167 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7169 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7170 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
7171 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7174 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7177 /* Get the glyph the cursor is on. If we can't tell because
7178 the current matrix is invalid or such, give up. */
7179 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7180 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7183 /* Compute frame-relative coordinates for phys cursor. */
7184 get_phys_cursor_geometry (w
, row
, cursor_glyph
, &x
, &y
, &h
);
7185 wd
= w
->phys_cursor_width
;
7187 /* The foreground of cursor_gc is typically the same as the normal
7188 background color, which can cause the cursor box to be invisible. */
7189 xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7190 if (dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
)
7191 XChangeGC (dpy
, dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7193 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7194 GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7195 gc
= dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7197 /* Set clipping, draw the rectangle, and reset clipping again. */
7198 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
7199 XDrawRectangle (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
, x
, y
, wd
, h
- 1);
7200 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7204 /* Draw a bar cursor on window W in glyph row ROW.
7206 Implementation note: One would like to draw a bar cursor with an
7207 angle equal to the one given by the font property XA_ITALIC_ANGLE.
7208 Unfortunately, I didn't find a font yet that has this property set.
7212 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, row
, width
, kind
)
7214 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7216 enum text_cursor_kinds kind
;
7218 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
7219 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7221 /* If cursor is out of bounds, don't draw garbage. This can happen
7222 in mini-buffer windows when switching between echo area glyphs
7224 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7225 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7228 /* If on an image, draw like a normal cursor. That's usually better
7229 visible than drawing a bar, esp. if the image is large so that
7230 the bar might not be in the window. */
7231 if (cursor_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
)
7233 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7234 row
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
);
7235 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7239 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7240 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
7241 GC gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7242 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
7243 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, cursor_glyph
->face_id
);
7246 /* If the glyph's background equals the color we normally draw
7247 the bar cursor in, the bar cursor in its normal color is
7248 invisible. Use the glyph's foreground color instead in this
7249 case, on the assumption that the glyph's colors are chosen so
7250 that the glyph is legible. */
7251 if (face
->background
== f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
7252 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= face
->foreground
;
7254 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7255 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= 0;
7258 XChangeGC (dpy
, gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7261 gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7262 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
= gc
;
7266 width
= FRAME_CURSOR_WIDTH (f
);
7267 width
= min (cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
, width
);
7269 w
->phys_cursor_width
= width
;
7270 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
7272 if (kind
== BAR_CURSOR
)
7273 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
,
7274 WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
),
7275 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
),
7276 width
, row
->height
);
7278 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
,
7279 WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
),
7280 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
+
7281 row
->height
- width
),
7282 cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
,
7285 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7290 /* RIF: Define cursor CURSOR on frame F. */
7293 x_define_frame_cursor (f
, cursor
)
7297 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), cursor
);
7301 /* RIF: Clear area on frame F. */
7304 x_clear_frame_area (f
, x
, y
, width
, height
)
7306 int x
, y
, width
, height
;
7308 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7309 x
, y
, width
, height
, False
);
7313 /* RIF: Draw cursor on window W. */
7316 x_draw_window_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, x
, y
, cursor_type
, cursor_width
, on_p
, active_p
)
7318 struct glyph_row
*glyph_row
;
7320 int cursor_type
, cursor_width
;
7323 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7327 w
->phys_cursor_type
= cursor_type
;
7328 w
->phys_cursor_on_p
= 1;
7330 if (glyph_row
->exact_window_width_line_p
7331 && w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
>= glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
])
7333 glyph_row
->cursor_in_fringe_p
= 1;
7334 draw_fringe_bitmap (w
, glyph_row
, 0);
7337 switch (cursor_type
)
7339 case HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR
:
7340 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w
, glyph_row
);
7343 case FILLED_BOX_CURSOR
:
7344 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, glyph_row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7348 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, BAR_CURSOR
);
7352 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, HBAR_CURSOR
);
7356 w
->phys_cursor_width
= 0;
7364 if (w
== XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
))
7365 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
))
7366 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, x
, y
);
7371 if (updating_frame
!= f
)
7372 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
7379 /* Make the x-window of frame F use the gnu icon bitmap. */
7382 x_bitmap_icon (f
, file
)
7388 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7391 /* Free up our existing icon bitmap and mask if any. */
7392 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7393 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7394 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7399 /* Use gtk_window_set_icon_from_file () if available,
7400 It's not restricted to bitmaps */
7401 if (xg_set_icon (f
, file
))
7403 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7404 bitmap_id
= x_create_bitmap_from_file (f
, file
);
7405 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, bitmap_id
);
7409 /* Create the GNU bitmap and mask if necessary. */
7410 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
< 0)
7414 #if defined (HAVE_XPM) && defined (HAVE_X_WINDOWS)
7416 if (xg_set_icon_from_xpm_data (f
, gnu_xpm_bits
))
7419 rc
= x_create_bitmap_from_xpm_data (f
, gnu_xpm_bits
);
7421 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= rc
;
7422 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7423 #endif /* defined (HAVE_XPM) && defined (HAVE_X_WINDOWS) */
7425 /* If all else fails, use the (black and white) xbm image. */
7428 rc
= x_create_bitmap_from_data (f
, gnu_xbm_bits
,
7429 gnu_xbm_width
, gnu_xbm_height
);
7433 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= rc
;
7434 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7438 /* The first time we create the GNU bitmap and mask,
7439 this increments the ref-count one extra time.
7440 As a result, the GNU bitmap and mask are never freed.
7441 That way, we don't have to worry about allocating it again. */
7442 x_reference_bitmap (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7444 bitmap_id
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
;
7447 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, bitmap_id
);
7448 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= bitmap_id
;
7454 /* Make the x-window of frame F use a rectangle with text.
7455 Use ICON_NAME as the text. */
7458 x_text_icon (f
, icon_name
)
7462 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7468 text
.value
= (unsigned char *) icon_name
;
7469 text
.encoding
= XA_STRING
;
7471 text
.nitems
= strlen (icon_name
);
7472 XSetWMIconName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), &text
);
7474 #else /* not HAVE_X11R4 */
7475 XSetIconName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), icon_name
);
7476 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R4 */
7478 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7479 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7480 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7481 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, 0);
7486 #define X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE 200
7488 /* If non-nil, this should be a string.
7489 It means catch X errors and store the error message in this string.
7491 The reason we use a stack is that x_catch_error/x_uncatch_error can
7492 be called from a signal handler.
7495 struct x_error_message_stack
{
7496 char string
[X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
];
7498 struct x_error_message_stack
*prev
;
7500 static struct x_error_message_stack
*x_error_message
;
7502 /* An X error handler which stores the error message in
7503 *x_error_message. This is called from x_error_handler if
7504 x_catch_errors is in effect. */
7507 x_error_catcher (display
, error
)
7511 XGetErrorText (display
, error
->error_code
,
7512 x_error_message
->string
,
7513 X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7516 /* Begin trapping X errors for display DPY. Actually we trap X errors
7517 for all displays, but DPY should be the display you are actually
7520 After calling this function, X protocol errors no longer cause
7521 Emacs to exit; instead, they are recorded in the string
7522 stored in *x_error_message.
7524 Calling x_check_errors signals an Emacs error if an X error has
7525 occurred since the last call to x_catch_errors or x_check_errors.
7527 Calling x_uncatch_errors resumes the normal error handling. */
7529 void x_check_errors ();
7532 x_catch_errors (dpy
)
7535 struct x_error_message_stack
*data
= xmalloc (sizeof (*data
));
7537 /* Make sure any errors from previous requests have been dealt with. */
7541 data
->string
[0] = 0;
7542 data
->prev
= x_error_message
;
7543 x_error_message
= data
;
7546 /* Undo the last x_catch_errors call.
7547 DPY should be the display that was passed to x_catch_errors. */
7552 struct x_error_message_stack
*tmp
;
7556 /* The display may have been closed before this function is called.
7557 Check if it is still open before calling XSync. */
7558 if (x_display_info_for_display (x_error_message
->dpy
) != 0)
7559 XSync (x_error_message
->dpy
, False
);
7561 tmp
= x_error_message
;
7562 x_error_message
= x_error_message
->prev
;
7567 /* If any X protocol errors have arrived since the last call to
7568 x_catch_errors or x_check_errors, signal an Emacs error using
7569 sprintf (a buffer, FORMAT, the x error message text) as the text. */
7572 x_check_errors (dpy
, format
)
7576 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7579 if (x_error_message
->string
[0])
7581 char string
[X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
];
7582 bcopy (x_error_message
->string
, string
, X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7583 x_uncatch_errors ();
7584 error (format
, string
);
7588 /* Nonzero if we had any X protocol errors
7589 since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7592 x_had_errors_p (dpy
)
7595 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7598 return x_error_message
->string
[0] != 0;
7601 /* Forget about any errors we have had, since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7604 x_clear_errors (dpy
)
7607 x_error_message
->string
[0] = 0;
7610 /* Close off all unclosed x_catch_errors calls. */
7613 x_fully_uncatch_errors ()
7615 while (x_error_message
)
7616 x_uncatch_errors ();
7619 /* Nonzero if x_catch_errors has been done and not yet canceled. */
7622 x_catching_errors ()
7624 return x_error_message
!= 0;
7628 static unsigned int x_wire_count
;
7631 fprintf (stderr
, "Lib call: %d\n", ++x_wire_count
);
7636 /* Handle SIGPIPE, which can happen when the connection to a server
7637 simply goes away. SIGPIPE is handled by x_connection_signal.
7638 Don't need to do anything, because the write which caused the
7639 SIGPIPE will fail, causing Xlib to invoke the X IO error handler,
7640 which will do the appropriate cleanup for us. */
7643 x_connection_signal (signalnum
) /* If we don't have an argument, */
7644 int signalnum
; /* some compilers complain in signal calls. */
7647 /* USG systems forget handlers when they are used;
7648 must reestablish each time */
7649 signal (signalnum
, x_connection_signal
);
7654 /************************************************************************
7656 ************************************************************************/
7658 /* Error message passed to x_connection_closed. */
7660 static char *error_msg
;
7662 /* Function installed as fatal_error_signal_hook in
7663 x_connection_closed. Print the X error message, and exit normally,
7664 instead of dumping core when XtCloseDisplay fails. */
7667 x_fatal_error_signal ()
7669 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
7673 /* Handle the loss of connection to display DPY. ERROR_MESSAGE is
7674 the text of an error message that lead to the connection loss. */
7677 x_connection_closed (dpy
, error_message
)
7679 char *error_message
;
7681 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
7682 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
7684 error_msg
= (char *) alloca (strlen (error_message
) + 1);
7685 strcpy (error_msg
, error_message
);
7686 handling_signal
= 0;
7688 /* Prevent being called recursively because of an error condition
7689 below. Otherwise, we might end up with printing ``can't find per
7690 display information'' in the recursive call instead of printing
7691 the original message here. */
7692 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
7694 /* We have to close the display to inform Xt that it doesn't
7695 exist anymore. If we don't, Xt will continue to wait for
7696 events from the display. As a consequence, a sequence of
7698 M-x make-frame-on-display RET :1 RET
7699 ...kill the new frame, so that we get an IO error...
7700 M-x make-frame-on-display RET :1 RET
7702 will indefinitely wait in Xt for events for display `:1', opened
7703 in the first class to make-frame-on-display.
7705 Closing the display is reported to lead to a bus error on
7706 OpenWindows in certain situations. I suspect that is a bug
7707 in OpenWindows. I don't know how to cicumvent it here. */
7709 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
7710 /* If DPYINFO is null, this means we didn't open the display
7711 in the first place, so don't try to close it. */
7714 extern void (*fatal_error_signal_hook
) P_ ((void));
7715 fatal_error_signal_hook
= x_fatal_error_signal
;
7716 XtCloseDisplay (dpy
);
7717 fatal_error_signal_hook
= NULL
;
7723 xg_display_close (dpyinfo
->display
);
7726 /* Indicate that this display is dead. */
7728 dpyinfo
->display
= 0;
7730 /* First delete frames whose mini-buffers are on frames
7731 that are on the dead display. */
7732 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7734 Lisp_Object minibuf_frame
;
7736 = WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (XFRAME (frame
))));
7737 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7738 && FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
))
7739 && ! EQ (frame
, minibuf_frame
)
7740 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7741 Fdelete_frame (frame
, Qt
);
7744 /* Now delete all remaining frames on the dead display.
7745 We are now sure none of these is used as the mini-buffer
7746 for another frame that we need to delete. */
7747 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7748 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7749 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7751 /* Set this to t so that Fdelete_frame won't get confused
7752 trying to find a replacement. */
7753 FRAME_KBOARD (XFRAME (frame
))->Vdefault_minibuffer_frame
= Qt
;
7754 Fdelete_frame (frame
, Qt
);
7758 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
);
7760 x_uncatch_errors ();
7762 if (x_display_list
== 0)
7764 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
7765 shut_down_emacs (0, 0, Qnil
);
7769 /* Ordinary stack unwind doesn't deal with these. */
7771 sigunblock (sigmask (SIGIO
));
7773 sigunblock (sigmask (SIGALRM
));
7774 TOTALLY_UNBLOCK_INPUT
;
7776 clear_waiting_for_input ();
7777 error ("%s", error_msg
);
7780 /* We specifically use it before defining it, so that gcc doesn't inline it,
7781 otherwise gdb doesn't know how to properly put a breakpoint on it. */
7782 static void x_error_quitter
P_ ((Display
*, XErrorEvent
*));
7784 /* This is the first-level handler for X protocol errors.
7785 It calls x_error_quitter or x_error_catcher. */
7788 x_error_handler (display
, error
)
7792 if (x_error_message
)
7793 x_error_catcher (display
, error
);
7795 x_error_quitter (display
, error
);
7799 /* This is the usual handler for X protocol errors.
7800 It kills all frames on the display that we got the error for.
7801 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
7803 /* .gdbinit puts a breakpoint here, so make sure it is not inlined. */
7805 #if __GNUC__ >= 3 /* On GCC 3.0 we might get a warning. */
7806 #define NO_INLINE __attribute__((noinline))
7811 /* Some versions of GNU/Linux define noinline in their headers. */
7817 /* On older GCC versions, just putting x_error_quitter
7818 after x_error_handler prevents inlining into the former. */
7820 static void NO_INLINE
7821 x_error_quitter (display
, error
)
7825 char buf
[256], buf1
[356];
7827 /* Ignore BadName errors. They can happen because of fonts
7828 or colors that are not defined. */
7830 if (error
->error_code
== BadName
)
7833 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
7834 original error handler. */
7836 XGetErrorText (display
, error
->error_code
, buf
, sizeof (buf
));
7837 sprintf (buf1
, "X protocol error: %s on protocol request %d",
7838 buf
, error
->request_code
);
7839 x_connection_closed (display
, buf1
);
7843 /* This is the handler for X IO errors, always.
7844 It kills all frames on the display that we lost touch with.
7845 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
7848 x_io_error_quitter (display
)
7853 sprintf (buf
, "Connection lost to X server `%s'", DisplayString (display
));
7854 x_connection_closed (display
, buf
);
7858 /* Changing the font of the frame. */
7860 /* Give frame F the font named FONTNAME as its default font, and
7861 return the full name of that font. FONTNAME may be a wildcard
7862 pattern; in that case, we choose some font that fits the pattern.
7863 The return value shows which font we chose. */
7866 x_new_font (f
, fontname
)
7868 register char *fontname
;
7870 struct font_info
*fontp
7871 = FS_LOAD_FONT (f
, 0, fontname
, -1);
7876 FRAME_FONT (f
) = (XFontStruct
*) (fontp
->font
);
7877 FRAME_BASELINE_OFFSET (f
) = fontp
->baseline_offset
;
7878 FRAME_FONTSET (f
) = -1;
7880 FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) = fontp
->average_width
;
7881 FRAME_SPACE_WIDTH (f
) = fontp
->space_width
;
7882 FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) = FONT_HEIGHT (FRAME_FONT (f
));
7884 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 1);
7886 /* Compute the scroll bar width in character columns. */
7887 if (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) > 0)
7889 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
7890 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
)
7891 = (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) + wid
-1) / wid
;
7895 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
7896 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) = (14 + wid
- 1) / wid
;
7899 /* Now make the frame display the given font. */
7900 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) != 0)
7902 XSetFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
7903 FRAME_FONT (f
)->fid
);
7904 XSetFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->reverse_gc
,
7905 FRAME_FONT (f
)->fid
);
7906 XSetFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_gc
,
7907 FRAME_FONT (f
)->fid
);
7909 /* Don't change the size of a tip frame; there's no point in
7910 doing it because it's done in Fx_show_tip, and it leads to
7911 problems because the tip frame has no widget. */
7912 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
7913 x_set_window_size (f
, 0, FRAME_COLS (f
), FRAME_LINES (f
));
7916 return build_string (fontp
->full_name
);
7919 /* Give frame F the fontset named FONTSETNAME as its default font, and
7920 return the full name of that fontset. FONTSETNAME may be a wildcard
7921 pattern; in that case, we choose some fontset that fits the pattern.
7922 The return value shows which fontset we chose. */
7925 x_new_fontset (f
, fontsetname
)
7929 int fontset
= fs_query_fontset (build_string (fontsetname
), 0);
7935 if (FRAME_FONTSET (f
) == fontset
)
7936 /* This fontset is already set in frame F. There's nothing more
7938 return fontset_name (fontset
);
7940 result
= x_new_font (f
, (SDATA (fontset_ascii (fontset
))));
7942 if (!STRINGP (result
))
7943 /* Can't load ASCII font. */
7946 /* Since x_new_font doesn't update any fontset information, do it now. */
7947 FRAME_FONTSET (f
) = fontset
;
7951 && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & (XIMPreeditPosition
| XIMStatusArea
)))
7952 xic_set_xfontset (f
, SDATA (fontset_ascii (fontset
)));
7955 return build_string (fontsetname
);
7959 /***********************************************************************
7961 ***********************************************************************/
7967 /* XIM destroy callback function, which is called whenever the
7968 connection to input method XIM dies. CLIENT_DATA contains a
7969 pointer to the x_display_info structure corresponding to XIM. */
7972 xim_destroy_callback (xim
, client_data
, call_data
)
7974 XPointer client_data
;
7977 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) client_data
;
7978 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
7982 /* No need to call XDestroyIC.. */
7983 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7985 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
7986 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
)
7988 FRAME_XIC (f
) = NULL
;
7989 xic_free_xfontset (f
);
7993 /* No need to call XCloseIM. */
7994 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
7995 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
7999 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6 */
8002 /* This isn't prototyped in OSF 5.0 or 5.1a. */
8003 extern char *XSetIMValues
P_ ((XIM
, ...));
8006 /* Open the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
8007 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name Emacs uses. */
8010 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, resource_name
)
8011 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8012 char *resource_name
;
8019 xim
= XOpenIM (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
, resource_name
,
8026 XIMCallback destroy
;
8029 /* Get supported styles and XIM values. */
8030 XGetIMValues (xim
, XNQueryInputStyle
, &dpyinfo
->xim_styles
, NULL
);
8033 destroy
.callback
= xim_destroy_callback
;
8034 destroy
.client_data
= (XPointer
)dpyinfo
;
8035 XSetIMValues (xim
, XNDestroyCallback
, &destroy
, NULL
);
8041 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8042 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8046 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8050 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8051 char *resource_name
;
8054 /* XIM instantiate callback function, which is called whenever an XIM
8055 server is available. DISPLAY is the display of the XIM.
8056 CLIENT_DATA contains a pointer to an xim_inst_t structure created
8057 when the callback was registered. */
8060 xim_instantiate_callback (display
, client_data
, call_data
)
8062 XPointer client_data
;
8065 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) client_data
;
8066 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= xim_inst
->dpyinfo
;
8068 /* We don't support multiple XIM connections. */
8072 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, xim_inst
->resource_name
);
8074 /* Create XIC for the existing frames on the same display, as long
8075 as they have no XIC. */
8076 if (dpyinfo
->xim
&& dpyinfo
->reference_count
> 0)
8078 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
8081 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
8083 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
8085 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == xim_inst
->dpyinfo
)
8086 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) == NULL
)
8088 create_frame_xic (f
);
8089 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
)
8090 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
8091 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
)
8093 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
);
8094 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, w
->cursor
.x
, w
->cursor
.y
);
8103 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8106 /* Open a connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
8107 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name for Emacs. On X11R5, open the
8108 connection only at the first time. On X11R6, open the connection
8109 in the XIM instantiate callback function. */
8112 xim_initialize (dpyinfo
, resource_name
)
8113 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8114 char *resource_name
;
8119 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8120 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
;
8123 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8124 xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct xim_inst_t
));
8125 xim_inst
->dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
;
8126 len
= strlen (resource_name
);
8127 xim_inst
->resource_name
= (char *) xmalloc (len
+ 1);
8128 bcopy (resource_name
, xim_inst
->resource_name
, len
+ 1);
8129 XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8130 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
,
8131 xim_instantiate_callback
,
8132 /* This is XPointer in XFree86
8133 but (XPointer *) on Tru64, at
8134 least, hence the configure test. */
8135 (XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback_arg6
) xim_inst
);
8136 #else /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8137 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8138 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
8139 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8143 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8144 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8148 /* Close the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO. */
8151 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo
)
8152 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8157 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8158 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8159 XUnregisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8161 xim_instantiate_callback
, NULL
);
8162 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8163 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8164 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
8165 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8166 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
8168 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8171 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8175 /* Calculate the absolute position in frame F
8176 from its current recorded position values and gravity. */
8179 x_calc_absolute_position (f
)
8182 int flags
= f
->size_hint_flags
;
8184 /* We have nothing to do if the current position
8185 is already for the top-left corner. */
8186 if (! ((flags
& XNegative
) || (flags
& YNegative
)))
8189 /* Treat negative positions as relative to the leftmost bottommost
8190 position that fits on the screen. */
8191 if (flags
& XNegative
)
8192 f
->left_pos
= (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->width
8193 - FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) + f
->left_pos
);
8196 int height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8198 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && defined USE_MOTIF
8199 /* Something is fishy here. When using Motif, starting Emacs with
8200 `-g -0-0', the frame appears too low by a few pixels.
8202 This seems to be so because initially, while Emacs is starting,
8203 the column widget's height and the frame's pixel height are
8204 different. The column widget's height is the right one. In
8205 later invocations, when Emacs is up, the frame's pixel height
8208 It's not obvious where the initial small difference comes from.
8209 2000-12-01, gerd. */
8211 XtVaGetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->column_widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
8214 if (flags
& YNegative
)
8215 f
->top_pos
= (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->height
- height
+ f
->top_pos
);
8218 /* The left_pos and top_pos
8219 are now relative to the top and left screen edges,
8220 so the flags should correspond. */
8221 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8224 /* CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1 when calling from Fset_frame_position,
8225 to really change the position, and 0 when calling from
8226 x_make_frame_visible (in that case, XOFF and YOFF are the current
8227 position values). It is -1 when calling from x_set_frame_parameters,
8228 which means, do adjust for borders but don't change the gravity. */
8231 x_set_offset (f
, xoff
, yoff
, change_gravity
)
8233 register int xoff
, yoff
;
8236 int modified_top
, modified_left
;
8238 if (change_gravity
!= 0)
8240 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->left_before_move
= f
->left_pos
;
8241 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->top_before_move
= f
->top_pos
;
8245 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8247 f
->size_hint_flags
|= XNegative
;
8249 f
->size_hint_flags
|= YNegative
;
8250 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8252 x_calc_absolute_position (f
);
8255 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8257 modified_left
= f
->left_pos
;
8258 modified_top
= f
->top_pos
;
8260 if (change_gravity
!= 0 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
)
8262 /* Some WMs (twm, wmaker at least) has an offset that is smaller
8263 than the WM decorations. So we use the calculated offset instead
8264 of the WM decoration sizes here (x/y_pixels_outer_diff). */
8265 modified_left
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
8266 modified_top
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
8269 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8270 modified_left
, modified_top
);
8272 x_sync_with_move (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
,
8273 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
8276 /* change_gravity is non-zero when this function is called from Lisp to
8277 programmatically move a frame. In that case, we call
8278 x_check_expected_move to discover if we have a "Type A" or "Type B"
8279 window manager, and, for a "Type A" window manager, adjust the position
8282 We call x_check_expected_move if a programmatic move occurred, and
8283 either the window manager type (A/B) is unknown or it is Type A but we
8284 need to compute the top/left offset adjustment for this frame. */
8286 if (change_gravity
!= 0 &&
8287 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
8288 || (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
8289 && (FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
== 0
8290 && FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
== 0))))
8291 x_check_expected_move (f
, modified_left
, modified_top
);
8296 /* Check if we need to resize the frame due to a fullscreen request.
8297 If so needed, resize the frame. */
8299 x_check_fullscreen (f
)
8302 if (f
->want_fullscreen
& FULLSCREEN_BOTH
)
8304 int width
, height
, ign
;
8306 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->left_pos
, &f
->top_pos
);
8308 x_fullscreen_adjust (f
, &width
, &height
, &ign
, &ign
);
8310 /* We do not need to move the window, it shall be taken care of
8311 when setting WM manager hints.
8312 If the frame is visible already, the position is checked by
8313 x_check_expected_move. */
8314 if (FRAME_COLS (f
) != width
|| FRAME_LINES (f
) != height
)
8316 change_frame_size (f
, height
, width
, 0, 1, 0);
8317 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
8318 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
8320 /* Wait for the change of frame size to occur */
8321 f
->want_fullscreen
|= FULLSCREEN_WAIT
;
8326 /* This function is called by x_set_offset to determine whether the window
8327 manager interfered with the positioning of the frame. Type A window
8328 managers position the surrounding window manager decorations a small
8329 amount above and left of the user-supplied position. Type B window
8330 managers position the surrounding window manager decorations at the
8331 user-specified position. If we detect a Type A window manager, we
8332 compensate by moving the window right and down by the proper amount. */
8335 x_check_expected_move (f
, expected_left
, expected_top
)
8340 int count
= 0, current_left
= 0, current_top
= 0;
8342 /* x_real_positions returns the left and top offsets of the outermost
8343 window manager window around the frame. */
8345 x_real_positions (f
, ¤t_left
, ¤t_top
);
8347 if (current_left
!= expected_left
|| current_top
!= expected_top
)
8349 /* It's a "Type A" window manager. */
8354 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_A
;
8355 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
= expected_left
- current_left
;
8356 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
= expected_top
- current_top
;
8358 /* Now fix the mispositioned frame's location. */
8360 adjusted_left
= expected_left
+ FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
8361 adjusted_top
= expected_top
+ FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
8363 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8364 adjusted_left
, adjusted_top
);
8366 x_sync_with_move (f
, expected_left
, expected_top
, 0);
8369 /* It's a "Type B" window manager. We don't have to adjust the
8370 frame's position. */
8372 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_B
;
8376 /* Wait for XGetGeometry to return up-to-date position information for a
8377 recently-moved frame. Call this immediately after calling XMoveWindow.
8378 If FUZZY is non-zero, then LEFT and TOP are just estimates of where the
8379 frame has been moved to, so we use a fuzzy position comparison instead
8380 of an exact comparison. */
8383 x_sync_with_move (f
, left
, top
, fuzzy
)
8385 int left
, top
, fuzzy
;
8389 while (count
++ < 50)
8391 int current_left
= 0, current_top
= 0;
8393 /* In theory, this call to XSync only needs to happen once, but in
8394 practice, it doesn't seem to work, hence the need for the surrounding
8397 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
8398 x_real_positions (f
, ¤t_left
, ¤t_top
);
8402 /* The left fuzz-factor is 10 pixels. The top fuzz-factor is 40
8405 if (abs (current_left
- left
) <= 10 && abs (current_top
- top
) <= 40)
8408 else if (current_left
== left
&& current_top
== top
)
8412 /* As a last resort, just wait 0.5 seconds and hope that XGetGeometry
8413 will then return up-to-date position info. */
8415 wait_reading_process_output (0, 500000, 0, 0, Qnil
, NULL
, 0);
8419 /* Change the size of frame F's X window to COLS/ROWS in the case F
8420 doesn't have a widget. If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to
8421 top-left-corner window gravity for this size change and subsequent
8422 size changes. Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8425 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
)
8430 int pixelwidth
, pixelheight
;
8432 check_frame_size (f
, &rows
, &cols
);
8433 f
->scroll_bar_actual_width
8434 = (!FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
)
8436 : FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) > 0
8437 ? FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
)
8438 : (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
)));
8440 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 0);
8442 pixelwidth
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, cols
);
8443 pixelheight
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, rows
);
8445 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8446 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8448 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
8449 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8450 pixelwidth
, pixelheight
);
8452 /* Now, strictly speaking, we can't be sure that this is accurate,
8453 but the window manager will get around to dealing with the size
8454 change request eventually, and we'll hear how it went when the
8455 ConfigureNotify event gets here.
8457 We could just not bother storing any of this information here,
8458 and let the ConfigureNotify event set everything up, but that
8459 might be kind of confusing to the Lisp code, since size changes
8460 wouldn't be reported in the frame parameters until some random
8461 point in the future when the ConfigureNotify event arrives.
8463 We pass 1 for DELAY since we can't run Lisp code inside of
8465 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, cols
, 0, 1, 0);
8466 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = pixelwidth
;
8467 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = pixelheight
;
8469 /* We've set {FRAME,PIXEL}_{WIDTH,HEIGHT} to the values we hope to
8470 receive in the ConfigureNotify event; if we get what we asked
8471 for, then the event won't cause the screen to become garbaged, so
8472 we have to make sure to do it here. */
8473 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
8475 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8479 /* Call this to change the size of frame F's x-window.
8480 If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to top-left-corner window gravity
8481 for this size change and subsequent size changes.
8482 Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8485 x_set_window_size (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
)
8493 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
8494 xg_frame_set_char_size (f
, cols
, rows
);
8496 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8499 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
!= NULL
)
8501 /* The x and y position of the widget is clobbered by the
8502 call to XtSetValues within EmacsFrameSetCharSize.
8503 This is a real kludge, but I don't understand Xt so I can't
8504 figure out a correct fix. Can anyone else tell me? -- rms. */
8505 int xpos
= f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.x
;
8506 int ypos
= f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.y
;
8507 EmacsFrameSetCharSize (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
, cols
, rows
);
8508 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.x
= xpos
;
8509 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.y
= ypos
;
8512 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8514 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8516 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8518 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8520 /* If cursor was outside the new size, mark it as off. */
8521 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (f
->root_window
));
8523 /* Clear out any recollection of where the mouse highlighting was,
8524 since it might be in a place that's outside the new frame size.
8525 Actually checking whether it is outside is a pain in the neck,
8526 so don't try--just let the highlighting be done afresh with new size. */
8527 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
8532 /* Mouse warping. */
8535 x_set_mouse_position (f
, x
, y
)
8541 pix_x
= FRAME_COL_TO_PIXEL_X (f
, x
) + FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) / 2;
8542 pix_y
= FRAME_LINE_TO_PIXEL_Y (f
, y
) + FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) / 2;
8544 if (pix_x
< 0) pix_x
= 0;
8545 if (pix_x
> FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)) pix_x
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
8547 if (pix_y
< 0) pix_y
= 0;
8548 if (pix_y
> FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
)) pix_y
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8552 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8553 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
8557 /* Move the mouse to position pixel PIX_X, PIX_Y relative to frame F. */
8560 x_set_mouse_pixel_position (f
, pix_x
, pix_y
)
8566 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8567 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
8571 /* focus shifting, raising and lowering. */
8574 x_focus_on_frame (f
)
8577 #if 0 /* This proves to be unpleasant. */
8581 /* I don't think that the ICCCM allows programs to do things like this
8582 without the interaction of the window manager. Whatever you end up
8583 doing with this code, do it to x_unfocus_frame too. */
8584 XSetInputFocus (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8585 RevertToPointerRoot
, CurrentTime
);
8594 /* Look at the remarks in x_focus_on_frame. */
8595 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_focus_frame
== f
)
8596 XSetInputFocus (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), PointerRoot
,
8597 RevertToPointerRoot
, CurrentTime
);
8601 /* Raise frame F. */
8607 if (f
->async_visible
)
8610 XRaiseWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
8611 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8616 /* Lower frame F. */
8622 if (f
->async_visible
)
8625 XLowerWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
8626 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8632 XTframe_raise_lower (f
, raise_flag
)
8642 /* Change of visibility. */
8644 /* This tries to wait until the frame is really visible.
8645 However, if the window manager asks the user where to position
8646 the frame, this will return before the user finishes doing that.
8647 The frame will not actually be visible at that time,
8648 but it will become visible later when the window manager
8649 finishes with it. */
8652 x_make_frame_visible (f
)
8656 int original_top
, original_left
;
8657 int retry_count
= 2;
8663 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
8665 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
8667 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8669 /* We test FRAME_GARBAGED_P here to make sure we don't
8670 call x_set_offset a second time
8671 if we get to x_make_frame_visible a second time
8672 before the window gets really visible. */
8673 if (! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
8674 && ! f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
)
8675 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
8677 f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
= 1;
8679 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
8680 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, NormalState
);
8681 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8682 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
8683 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
8684 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8686 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
8687 gtk_window_deiconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
8689 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
8690 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
8691 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8692 #if 0 /* This seems to bring back scroll bars in the wrong places
8693 if the window configuration has changed. They seem
8694 to come back ok without this. */
8695 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
8696 XMapSubwindows (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
8700 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8702 /* Synchronize to ensure Emacs knows the frame is visible
8703 before we do anything else. We do this loop with input not blocked
8704 so that incoming events are handled. */
8708 /* This must be before UNBLOCK_INPUT
8709 since events that arrive in response to the actions above
8710 will set it when they are handled. */
8711 int previously_visible
= f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
;
8713 original_left
= f
->left_pos
;
8714 original_top
= f
->top_pos
;
8716 /* This must come after we set COUNT. */
8719 /* We unblock here so that arriving X events are processed. */
8721 /* Now move the window back to where it was "supposed to be".
8722 But don't do it if the gravity is negative.
8723 When the gravity is negative, this uses a position
8724 that is 3 pixels too low. Perhaps that's really the border width.
8726 Don't do this if the window has never been visible before,
8727 because the window manager may choose the position
8728 and we don't want to override it. */
8730 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
8731 && f
->win_gravity
== NorthWestGravity
8732 && previously_visible
)
8736 unsigned int width
, height
, border
, depth
;
8740 /* On some window managers (such as FVWM) moving an existing
8741 window, even to the same place, causes the window manager
8742 to introduce an offset. This can cause the window to move
8743 to an unexpected location. Check the geometry (a little
8744 slow here) and then verify that the window is in the right
8745 place. If the window is not in the right place, move it
8746 there, and take the potential window manager hit. */
8747 XGetGeometry (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8748 &rootw
, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
, &border
, &depth
);
8750 if (original_left
!= x
|| original_top
!= y
)
8751 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8752 original_left
, original_top
);
8757 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8759 /* Wait until the frame is visible. Process X events until a
8760 MapNotify event has been seen, or until we think we won't get a
8761 MapNotify at all.. */
8762 for (count
= input_signal_count
+ 10;
8763 input_signal_count
< count
&& !FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
);)
8765 /* Force processing of queued events. */
8768 /* Machines that do polling rather than SIGIO have been
8769 observed to go into a busy-wait here. So we'll fake an
8770 alarm signal to let the handler know that there's something
8771 to be read. We used to raise a real alarm, but it seems
8772 that the handler isn't always enabled here. This is
8774 if (input_polling_used ())
8776 /* It could be confusing if a real alarm arrives while
8777 processing the fake one. Turn it off and let the
8778 handler reset it. */
8779 extern void poll_for_input_1
P_ ((void));
8780 int old_poll_suppress_count
= poll_suppress_count
;
8781 poll_suppress_count
= 1;
8782 poll_for_input_1 ();
8783 poll_suppress_count
= old_poll_suppress_count
;
8786 /* See if a MapNotify event has been processed. */
8787 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
8792 (let ((f (selected-frame)))
8796 the frame is not raised with various window managers on
8797 FreeBSD, GNU/Linux and Solaris. It turns out that, for some
8798 unknown reason, the call to XtMapWidget is completely ignored.
8799 Mapping the widget a second time works. */
8801 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && --retry_count
> 0)
8806 /* Change from mapped state to withdrawn state. */
8808 /* Make the frame visible (mapped and not iconified). */
8811 x_make_frame_invisible (f
)
8816 /* Use the frame's outermost window, not the one we normally draw on. */
8817 window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
8819 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
8820 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
8821 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
8823 #if 0/* This might add unreliability; I don't trust it -- rms. */
8824 if (! f
->async_visible
&& ! f
->async_iconified
)
8830 /* Before unmapping the window, update the WM_SIZE_HINTS property to claim
8831 that the current position of the window is user-specified, rather than
8832 program-specified, so that when the window is mapped again, it will be
8833 placed at the same location, without forcing the user to position it
8834 by hand again (they have already done that once for this window.) */
8835 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 1);
8838 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
8839 gtk_widget_hide (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
8845 if (! XWithdrawWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
,
8846 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))))
8848 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
8849 error ("Can't notify window manager of window withdrawal");
8851 #else /* ! defined (HAVE_X11R4) */
8853 /* Tell the window manager what we're going to do. */
8854 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
8858 unmap
.xunmap
.type
= UnmapNotify
;
8859 unmap
.xunmap
.window
= window
;
8860 unmap
.xunmap
.event
= DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8861 unmap
.xunmap
.from_configure
= False
;
8862 if (! XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
8863 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)),
8865 SubstructureRedirectMaskSubstructureNotifyMask
,
8868 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
8869 error ("Can't notify window manager of withdrawal");
8873 /* Unmap the window ourselves. Cheeky! */
8874 XUnmapWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
);
8875 #endif /* ! defined (HAVE_X11R4) */
8878 /* We can't distinguish this from iconification
8879 just by the event that we get from the server.
8880 So we can't win using the usual strategy of letting
8881 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY set this. So do it by hand,
8882 and synchronize with the server to make sure we agree. */
8884 FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
) = 0;
8885 f
->async_visible
= 0;
8886 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
8893 /* Change window state from mapped to iconified. */
8902 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
8903 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
8904 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
8906 if (f
->async_iconified
)
8911 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
8913 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
8915 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
8918 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
8920 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8921 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
8923 gtk_window_iconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
8926 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
8927 f
->async_visible
= 0;
8933 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8935 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8937 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
8938 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
8939 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
8940 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
8941 /* The server won't give us any event to indicate
8942 that an invisible frame was changed to an icon,
8943 so we have to record it here. */
8946 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
8947 f
->async_visible
= 0;
8952 result
= XIconifyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
8953 XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
),
8954 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)));
8958 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
8960 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
8961 f
->async_visible
= 0;
8965 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8967 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8969 /* Make sure the X server knows where the window should be positioned,
8970 in case the user deiconifies with the window manager. */
8971 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && !FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
8972 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
8974 /* Since we don't know which revision of X we're running, we'll use both
8975 the X11R3 and X11R4 techniques. I don't know if this is a good idea. */
8977 /* X11R4: send a ClientMessage to the window manager using the
8978 WM_CHANGE_STATE type. */
8982 message
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
8983 message
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
8984 message
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_wm_change_state
;
8985 message
.xclient
.format
= 32;
8986 message
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = IconicState
;
8988 if (! XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
8989 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)),
8991 SubstructureRedirectMask
| SubstructureNotifyMask
,
8994 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
8995 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
8999 /* X11R3: set the initial_state field of the window manager hints to
9001 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
9003 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9005 /* If the frame was withdrawn, before, we must map it. */
9006 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9009 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9010 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9012 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9014 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9018 /* Free X resources of frame F. */
9021 x_free_frame_resources (f
)
9024 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9026 struct scroll_bar
*b
;
9030 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9031 commands to the X server. */
9032 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
9034 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
)
9035 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
);
9037 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9038 /* Explicitly destroy the scroll bars of the frame. Without
9039 this, we get "BadDrawable" errors from the toolkit later on,
9040 presumably from expose events generated for the disappearing
9041 toolkit scroll bars. */
9042 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); !NILP (bar
); bar
= b
->next
)
9044 b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
9045 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
9054 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9055 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
)
9057 XtDestroyWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9058 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
= NULL
;
9060 /* Tooltips don't have widgets, only a simple X window, even if
9061 we are using a toolkit. */
9062 else if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
9063 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9065 free_frame_menubar (f
);
9066 #else /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9069 /* In the GTK version, tooltips are normal X
9070 frames. We must check and free both types. */
9071 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
9073 gtk_widget_destroy (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9074 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) = 0; /* Set to avoid XDestroyWindow below */
9075 FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
) = 0;
9077 #endif /* USE_GTK */
9079 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
9080 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9081 #endif /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9083 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->foreground_pixel
);
9084 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->background_pixel
);
9085 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
);
9086 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
);
9087 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
9088 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->mouse_pixel
);
9090 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
!= -1)
9091 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
);
9092 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
9093 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
9094 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
9095 /* Scrollbar shadow colors. */
9096 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
9097 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
);
9098 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
9099 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
);
9100 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
9101 if (f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.allocated_p
)
9102 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.pixel
);
9103 if (f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.allocated_p
)
9104 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.pixel
);
9106 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f
))
9107 free_frame_faces (f
);
9110 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9113 if (f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
)
9114 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
);
9116 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
);
9117 f
->output_data
.x
= NULL
;
9119 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
9120 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
9121 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
)
9122 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
9123 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
9124 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9126 if (f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
9128 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
9129 = dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
9130 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
9131 = dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
9132 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
9133 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
9134 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
9141 /* Destroy the X window of frame F. */
9144 x_destroy_window (f
)
9147 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9149 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9150 commands to the X server. */
9151 if (dpyinfo
->display
!= 0)
9152 x_free_frame_resources (f
);
9154 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
9158 /* Setting window manager hints. */
9160 /* Set the normal size hints for the window manager, for frame F.
9161 FLAGS is the flags word to use--or 0 meaning preserve the flags
9162 that the window now has.
9163 If USER_POSITION is nonzero, we set the USPosition
9164 flag (this is useful when FLAGS is 0).
9165 The GTK version is in gtkutils.c */
9169 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, flags
, user_position
)
9174 XSizeHints size_hints
;
9176 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9179 Dimension widget_width
, widget_height
;
9182 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9184 /* Setting PMaxSize caused various problems. */
9185 size_hints
.flags
= PResizeInc
| PMinSize
/* | PMaxSize */;
9187 size_hints
.x
= f
->left_pos
;
9188 size_hints
.y
= f
->top_pos
;
9190 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9191 XtSetArg (al
[ac
], XtNwidth
, &widget_width
); ac
++;
9192 XtSetArg (al
[ac
], XtNheight
, &widget_height
); ac
++;
9193 XtGetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, ac
);
9194 size_hints
.height
= widget_height
;
9195 size_hints
.width
= widget_width
;
9196 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9197 size_hints
.height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
9198 size_hints
.width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
9199 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9201 size_hints
.width_inc
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
9202 size_hints
.height_inc
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
9203 size_hints
.max_width
9204 = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->width
- FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9205 size_hints
.max_height
9206 = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->height
- FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9208 /* Calculate the base and minimum sizes.
9210 (When we use the X toolkit, we don't do it here.
9211 Instead we copy the values that the widgets are using, below.) */
9212 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9214 int base_width
, base_height
;
9215 int min_rows
= 0, min_cols
= 0;
9217 base_width
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9218 base_height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9220 check_frame_size (f
, &min_rows
, &min_cols
);
9222 /* The window manager uses the base width hints to calculate the
9223 current number of rows and columns in the frame while
9224 resizing; min_width and min_height aren't useful for this
9225 purpose, since they might not give the dimensions for a
9226 zero-row, zero-column frame.
9228 We use the base_width and base_height members if we have
9229 them; otherwise, we set the min_width and min_height members
9230 to the size for a zero x zero frame. */
9233 size_hints
.flags
|= PBaseSize
;
9234 size_hints
.base_width
= base_width
;
9235 size_hints
.base_height
= base_height
;
9236 size_hints
.min_width
= base_width
+ min_cols
* size_hints
.width_inc
;
9237 size_hints
.min_height
= base_height
+ min_rows
* size_hints
.height_inc
;
9239 size_hints
.min_width
= base_width
;
9240 size_hints
.min_height
= base_height
;
9244 /* If we don't need the old flags, we don't need the old hint at all. */
9247 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9250 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9253 XSizeHints hints
; /* Sometimes I hate X Windows... */
9254 long supplied_return
;
9258 value
= XGetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &hints
,
9261 value
= XGetNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &hints
);
9264 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9265 size_hints
.base_height
= hints
.base_height
;
9266 size_hints
.base_width
= hints
.base_width
;
9267 size_hints
.min_height
= hints
.min_height
;
9268 size_hints
.min_width
= hints
.min_width
;
9272 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9277 if (hints
.flags
& PSize
)
9278 size_hints
.flags
|= PSize
;
9279 if (hints
.flags
& PPosition
)
9280 size_hints
.flags
|= PPosition
;
9281 if (hints
.flags
& USPosition
)
9282 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9283 if (hints
.flags
& USSize
)
9284 size_hints
.flags
|= USSize
;
9288 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9293 size_hints
.win_gravity
= f
->win_gravity
;
9294 size_hints
.flags
|= PWinGravity
;
9298 size_hints
.flags
&= ~ PPosition
;
9299 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9301 #endif /* PWinGravity */
9304 XSetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &size_hints
);
9306 XSetNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &size_hints
);
9309 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
9311 /* Used for IconicState or NormalState */
9314 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, state
)
9318 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9321 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNinitialState
, state
);
9322 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9323 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9324 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
9326 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= StateHint
;
9327 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.initial_state
= state
;
9329 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9330 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9334 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, pixmap_id
)
9338 Pixmap icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
;
9340 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9341 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9346 icon_pixmap
= x_bitmap_pixmap (f
, pixmap_id
);
9347 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_pixmap
= icon_pixmap
;
9348 icon_mask
= x_bitmap_mask (f
, pixmap_id
);
9349 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_mask
= icon_mask
;
9353 /* It seems there is no way to turn off use of an icon pixmap.
9354 The following line does it, only if no icon has yet been created,
9355 for some window managers. But with mwm it crashes.
9356 Some people say it should clear the IconPixmapHint bit in this case,
9357 but that doesn't work, and the X consortium said it isn't the
9358 right thing at all. Since there is no way to win,
9359 best to explicitly give up. */
9361 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_pixmap
= None
;
9362 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_mask
= None
;
9371 xg_set_frame_icon (f
, icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
);
9375 #elif defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) /* same as in x_wm_set_window_state. */
9379 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconPixmap
, icon_pixmap
);
9380 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9381 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconMask
, icon_mask
);
9382 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9385 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
9387 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= (IconPixmapHint
| IconMaskHint
);
9388 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9390 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
9394 x_wm_set_icon_position (f
, icon_x
, icon_y
)
9398 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9400 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= IconPositionHint
;
9401 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_x
= icon_x
;
9402 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_y
= icon_y
;
9404 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9408 /***********************************************************************
9410 ***********************************************************************/
9412 /* Return a pointer to struct font_info of font FONT_IDX of frame F. */
9415 x_get_font_info (f
, font_idx
)
9419 return (FRAME_X_FONT_TABLE (f
) + font_idx
);
9423 /* Return a list of names of available fonts matching PATTERN on frame F.
9425 If SIZE is > 0, it is the size (maximum bounds width) of fonts
9428 SIZE < 0 means include scalable fonts.
9430 Frame F null means we have not yet created any frame on X, and
9431 consult the first display in x_display_list. MAXNAMES sets a limit
9432 on how many fonts to match. */
9435 x_list_fonts (f
, pattern
, size
, maxnames
)
9437 Lisp_Object pattern
;
9441 Lisp_Object list
= Qnil
, patterns
, newlist
= Qnil
, key
= Qnil
;
9442 Lisp_Object tem
, second_best
;
9443 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
9444 = f
? FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) : x_display_list
;
9445 Display
*dpy
= dpyinfo
->display
;
9446 int try_XLoadQueryFont
= 0;
9447 int allow_auto_scaled_font
= 0;
9451 allow_auto_scaled_font
= 1;
9455 patterns
= Fassoc (pattern
, Valternate_fontname_alist
);
9456 if (NILP (patterns
))
9457 patterns
= Fcons (pattern
, Qnil
);
9459 if (maxnames
== 1 && !size
)
9460 /* We can return any single font matching PATTERN. */
9461 try_XLoadQueryFont
= 1;
9463 for (; CONSP (patterns
); patterns
= XCDR (patterns
))
9466 char **names
= NULL
;
9468 pattern
= XCAR (patterns
);
9469 /* See if we cached the result for this particular query.
9470 The cache is an alist of the form:
9471 ((((PATTERN . MAXNAMES) . SCALABLE) (FONTNAME . WIDTH) ...) ...) */
9472 tem
= XCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
);
9473 key
= Fcons (Fcons (pattern
, make_number (maxnames
)),
9474 allow_auto_scaled_font
? Qt
: Qnil
);
9475 list
= Fassoc (key
, tem
);
9478 list
= Fcdr_safe (list
);
9479 /* We have a cashed list. Don't have to get the list again. */
9483 /* At first, put PATTERN in the cache. */
9486 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
9488 if (try_XLoadQueryFont
)
9491 unsigned long value
;
9493 font
= XLoadQueryFont (dpy
, SDATA (pattern
));
9494 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
9496 /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X
9497 server. Let's just ignore it. */
9499 x_clear_errors (dpy
);
9503 && XGetFontProperty (font
, XA_FONT
, &value
))
9505 char *name
= (char *) XGetAtomName (dpy
, (Atom
) value
);
9506 int len
= strlen (name
);
9509 /* If DXPC (a Differential X Protocol Compressor)
9510 Ver.3.7 is running, XGetAtomName will return null
9511 string. We must avoid such a name. */
9513 try_XLoadQueryFont
= 0;
9517 names
= (char **) alloca (sizeof (char *));
9518 /* Some systems only allow alloca assigned to a
9520 tmp
= (char *) alloca (len
+ 1); names
[0] = tmp
;
9521 bcopy (name
, names
[0], len
+ 1);
9526 try_XLoadQueryFont
= 0;
9529 XFreeFont (dpy
, font
);
9532 if (!try_XLoadQueryFont
)
9534 /* We try at least 10 fonts because XListFonts will return
9535 auto-scaled fonts at the head. */
9542 names
= XListFonts (dpy
, SDATA (pattern
), limit
, &num_fonts
);
9543 if (num_fonts
== limit
)
9546 XFreeFontNames (names
);
9555 names
= XListFonts (dpy
, SDATA (pattern
), max (maxnames
, 10),
9558 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
9560 /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X
9561 server. Let's just ignore it. */
9563 x_clear_errors (dpy
);
9567 x_uncatch_errors ();
9574 /* Make a list of all the fonts we got back.
9575 Store that in the font cache for the display. */
9576 for (i
= 0; i
< num_fonts
; i
++)
9580 int average_width
= -1, resx
= 0, dashes
= 0;
9582 /* Count the number of dashes in NAMES[I]. If there are
9583 14 dashes, the field value following 9th dash
9584 (RESOLUTION_X) is nonzero, and the field value
9585 following 12th dash (AVERAGE_WIDTH) is 0, this is a
9586 auto-scaled font which is usually too ugly to be used
9587 for editing. Let's ignore it. */
9592 if (dashes
== 7) /* PIXEL_SIZE field */
9594 else if (dashes
== 9)
9596 else if (dashes
== 12) /* AVERAGE_WIDTH field */
9597 average_width
= atoi (p
);
9600 if (allow_auto_scaled_font
9601 || dashes
< 14 || average_width
!= 0 || resx
== 0)
9603 tem
= build_string (names
[i
]);
9604 if (NILP (Fassoc (tem
, list
)))
9606 if (STRINGP (Vx_pixel_size_width_font_regexp
)
9607 && ((fast_c_string_match_ignore_case
9608 (Vx_pixel_size_width_font_regexp
, names
[i
]))
9610 /* We can set the value of PIXEL_SIZE to the
9611 width of this font. */
9612 list
= Fcons (Fcons (tem
, make_number (width
)), list
);
9614 /* For the moment, width is not known. */
9615 list
= Fcons (Fcons (tem
, Qnil
), list
);
9620 if (!try_XLoadQueryFont
)
9623 XFreeFontNames (names
);
9628 /* Now store the result in the cache. */
9629 XSETCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
,
9630 Fcons (Fcons (key
, list
), XCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
)));
9633 if (NILP (list
)) continue; /* Try the remaining alternatives. */
9635 newlist
= second_best
= Qnil
;
9636 /* Make a list of the fonts that have the right width. */
9637 for (; CONSP (list
); list
= XCDR (list
))
9643 if (!CONSP (tem
) || NILP (XCAR (tem
)))
9647 newlist
= Fcons (XCAR (tem
), newlist
);
9651 if (!INTEGERP (XCDR (tem
)))
9653 /* Since we have not yet known the size of this font, we
9654 must try slow function call XLoadQueryFont. */
9655 XFontStruct
*thisinfo
;
9658 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
9659 thisinfo
= XLoadQueryFont (dpy
,
9660 SDATA (XCAR (tem
)));
9661 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
9663 /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X
9664 server. Let's just ignore it. */
9666 x_clear_errors (dpy
);
9668 x_uncatch_errors ();
9674 (thisinfo
->min_bounds
.width
== 0
9676 : make_number (thisinfo
->max_bounds
.width
)));
9678 XFreeFont (dpy
, thisinfo
);
9682 /* For unknown reason, the previous call of XListFont had
9683 returned a font which can't be opened. Record the size
9684 as 0 not to try to open it again. */
9685 XSETCDR (tem
, make_number (0));
9688 found_size
= XINT (XCDR (tem
));
9689 if (found_size
== size
)
9690 newlist
= Fcons (XCAR (tem
), newlist
);
9691 else if (found_size
> 0)
9693 if (NILP (second_best
))
9695 else if (found_size
< size
)
9697 if (XINT (XCDR (second_best
)) > size
9698 || XINT (XCDR (second_best
)) < found_size
)
9703 if (XINT (XCDR (second_best
)) > size
9704 && XINT (XCDR (second_best
)) > found_size
)
9709 if (!NILP (newlist
))
9711 else if (!NILP (second_best
))
9713 newlist
= Fcons (XCAR (second_best
), Qnil
);
9724 /* Check that FONT is valid on frame F. It is if it can be found in F's
9728 x_check_font (f
, font
)
9733 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9735 xassert (font
!= NULL
);
9737 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; i
++)
9738 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
9739 && font
== dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].font
)
9742 xassert (i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
);
9745 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG != 0 */
9747 /* Set *W to the minimum width, *H to the minimum font height of FONT.
9748 Note: There are (broken) X fonts out there with invalid XFontStruct
9749 min_bounds contents. For example, handa@etl.go.jp reports that
9750 "-adobe-courier-medium-r-normal--*-180-*-*-m-*-iso8859-1" fonts
9751 have font->min_bounds.width == 0. */
9754 x_font_min_bounds (font
, w
, h
)
9758 *h
= FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
9759 *w
= font
->min_bounds
.width
;
9761 /* Try to handle the case where FONT->min_bounds has invalid
9762 contents. Since the only font known to have invalid min_bounds
9763 is fixed-width, use max_bounds if min_bounds seems to be invalid. */
9765 *w
= font
->max_bounds
.width
;
9769 /* Compute the smallest character width and smallest font height over
9770 all fonts available on frame F. Set the members smallest_char_width
9771 and smallest_font_height in F's x_display_info structure to
9772 the values computed. Value is non-zero if smallest_font_height or
9773 smallest_char_width become smaller than they were before. */
9776 x_compute_min_glyph_bounds (f
)
9780 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9782 int old_width
= dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
;
9783 int old_height
= dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
;
9785 dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
= 100000;
9786 dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
= 100000;
9788 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; ++i
)
9789 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
)
9791 struct font_info
*fontp
= dpyinfo
->font_table
+ i
;
9794 font
= (XFontStruct
*) fontp
->font
;
9795 xassert (font
!= (XFontStruct
*) ~0);
9796 x_font_min_bounds (font
, &w
, &h
);
9798 dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
= min (dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
, h
);
9799 dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
= min (dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
, w
);
9802 xassert (dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
> 0
9803 && dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
> 0);
9805 return (dpyinfo
->n_fonts
== 1
9806 || dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
< old_width
9807 || dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
< old_height
);
9811 /* Load font named FONTNAME of the size SIZE for frame F, and return a
9812 pointer to the structure font_info while allocating it dynamically.
9813 If SIZE is 0, load any size of font.
9814 If loading is failed, return NULL. */
9817 x_load_font (f
, fontname
, size
)
9819 register char *fontname
;
9822 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9823 Lisp_Object font_names
;
9825 /* Get a list of all the fonts that match this name. Once we
9826 have a list of matching fonts, we compare them against the fonts
9827 we already have by comparing names. */
9828 font_names
= x_list_fonts (f
, build_string (fontname
), size
, 1);
9830 if (!NILP (font_names
))
9835 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; i
++)
9836 for (tail
= font_names
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
9837 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
9838 && (!strcmp (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
,
9839 SDATA (XCAR (tail
)))
9840 || !strcmp (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].full_name
,
9841 SDATA (XCAR (tail
)))))
9842 return (dpyinfo
->font_table
+ i
);
9845 /* Load the font and add it to the table. */
9849 struct font_info
*fontp
;
9850 unsigned long value
;
9853 /* If we have found fonts by x_list_font, load one of them. If
9854 not, we still try to load a font by the name given as FONTNAME
9855 because XListFonts (called in x_list_font) of some X server has
9856 a bug of not finding a font even if the font surely exists and
9857 is loadable by XLoadQueryFont. */
9858 if (size
> 0 && !NILP (font_names
))
9859 fontname
= (char *) SDATA (XCAR (font_names
));
9862 x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9863 font
= (XFontStruct
*) XLoadQueryFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), fontname
);
9864 if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)))
9866 /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X
9867 server. Let's just ignore it. */
9869 x_clear_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9871 x_uncatch_errors ();
9876 /* Find a free slot in the font table. */
9877 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; ++i
)
9878 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
== NULL
)
9881 /* If no free slot found, maybe enlarge the font table. */
9882 if (i
== dpyinfo
->n_fonts
9883 && dpyinfo
->n_fonts
== dpyinfo
->font_table_size
)
9886 dpyinfo
->font_table_size
= max (16, 2 * dpyinfo
->font_table_size
);
9887 sz
= dpyinfo
->font_table_size
* sizeof *dpyinfo
->font_table
;
9889 = (struct font_info
*) xrealloc (dpyinfo
->font_table
, sz
);
9892 fontp
= dpyinfo
->font_table
+ i
;
9893 if (i
== dpyinfo
->n_fonts
)
9896 /* Now fill in the slots of *FONTP. */
9898 bzero (fontp
, sizeof (*fontp
));
9900 fontp
->font_idx
= i
;
9901 fontp
->name
= (char *) xmalloc (strlen (fontname
) + 1);
9902 bcopy (fontname
, fontp
->name
, strlen (fontname
) + 1);
9904 if (font
->min_bounds
.width
== font
->max_bounds
.width
)
9906 /* Fixed width font. */
9907 fontp
->average_width
= fontp
->space_width
= font
->min_bounds
.width
;
9914 char2b
.byte1
= 0x00, char2b
.byte2
= 0x20;
9915 pcm
= x_per_char_metric (font
, &char2b
, 0);
9917 fontp
->space_width
= pcm
->width
;
9919 fontp
->space_width
= FONT_WIDTH (font
);
9921 fontp
->average_width
9922 = (XGetFontProperty (font
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_AVERAGE_WIDTH
, &value
)
9923 ? (long) value
/ 10 : 0);
9924 if (fontp
->average_width
< 0)
9925 fontp
->average_width
= - fontp
->average_width
;
9926 if (fontp
->average_width
== 0)
9930 int width
= pcm
->width
;
9931 for (char2b
.byte2
= 33; char2b
.byte2
<= 126; char2b
.byte2
++)
9932 if ((pcm
= x_per_char_metric (font
, &char2b
, 0)) != NULL
)
9933 width
+= pcm
->width
;
9934 fontp
->average_width
= width
/ 95;
9937 fontp
->average_width
= FONT_WIDTH (font
);
9941 /* Try to get the full name of FONT. Put it in FULL_NAME. */
9943 if (XGetFontProperty (font
, XA_FONT
, &value
))
9945 char *name
= (char *) XGetAtomName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), (Atom
) value
);
9949 /* Count the number of dashes in the "full name".
9950 If it is too few, this isn't really the font's full name,
9952 In X11R4, the fonts did not come with their canonical names
9963 full_name
= (char *) xmalloc (p
- name
+ 1);
9964 bcopy (name
, full_name
, p
- name
+ 1);
9971 fontp
->full_name
= full_name
;
9973 fontp
->full_name
= fontp
->name
;
9975 fontp
->size
= font
->max_bounds
.width
;
9976 fontp
->height
= FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
9978 if (NILP (font_names
))
9980 /* We come here because of a bug of XListFonts mentioned at
9981 the head of this block. Let's store this information in
9982 the cache for x_list_fonts. */
9983 Lisp_Object lispy_name
= build_string (fontname
);
9984 Lisp_Object lispy_full_name
= build_string (fontp
->full_name
);
9985 Lisp_Object key
= Fcons (Fcons (lispy_name
, make_number (256)),
9988 XSETCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
,
9990 Fcons (Fcons (lispy_full_name
,
9991 make_number (fontp
->size
)),
9993 XCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
)));
9996 key
= Fcons (Fcons (lispy_full_name
, make_number (256)),
9998 XSETCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
,
10000 Fcons (Fcons (lispy_full_name
,
10001 make_number (fontp
->size
)),
10003 XCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
)));
10007 /* The slot `encoding' specifies how to map a character
10008 code-points (0x20..0x7F or 0x2020..0x7F7F) of each charset to
10009 the font code-points (0:0x20..0x7F, 1:0xA0..0xFF), or
10010 (0:0x2020..0x7F7F, 1:0xA0A0..0xFFFF, 3:0x20A0..0x7FFF,
10011 2:0xA020..0xFF7F). For the moment, we don't know which charset
10012 uses this font. So, we set information in fontp->encoding[1]
10013 which is never used by any charset. If mapping can't be
10014 decided, set FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED. */
10016 = (font
->max_byte1
== 0
10018 ? (font
->min_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
10019 ? (font
->max_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
10020 ? 0 /* 0x20..0x7F */
10021 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED
) /* 0x20..0xFF */
10022 : 1) /* 0xA0..0xFF */
10024 : (font
->min_byte1
< 0x80
10025 ? (font
->max_byte1
< 0x80
10026 ? (font
->min_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
10027 ? (font
->max_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
10028 ? 0 /* 0x2020..0x7F7F */
10029 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED
) /* 0x2020..0x7FFF */
10030 : 3) /* 0x20A0..0x7FFF */
10031 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED
) /* 0x20??..0xA0?? */
10032 : (font
->min_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
10033 ? (font
->max_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
10034 ? 2 /* 0xA020..0xFF7F */
10035 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED
) /* 0xA020..0xFFFF */
10036 : 1))); /* 0xA0A0..0xFFFF */
10038 fontp
->baseline_offset
10039 = (XGetFontProperty (font
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET
, &value
)
10040 ? (long) value
: 0);
10041 fontp
->relative_compose
10042 = (XGetFontProperty (font
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE
, &value
)
10043 ? (long) value
: 0);
10044 fontp
->default_ascent
10045 = (XGetFontProperty (font
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT
, &value
)
10046 ? (long) value
: 0);
10048 /* Set global flag fonts_changed_p to non-zero if the font loaded
10049 has a character with a smaller width than any other character
10050 before, or if the font loaded has a smaller height than any
10051 other font loaded before. If this happens, it will make a
10052 glyph matrix reallocation necessary. */
10053 fonts_changed_p
|= x_compute_min_glyph_bounds (f
);
10060 /* Return a pointer to struct font_info of a font named FONTNAME for
10061 frame F. If no such font is loaded, return NULL. */
10064 x_query_font (f
, fontname
)
10066 register char *fontname
;
10068 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
10071 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; i
++)
10072 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
10073 && (!strcasecmp (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
, fontname
)
10074 || !strcasecmp (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].full_name
, fontname
)))
10075 return (dpyinfo
->font_table
+ i
);
10080 /* Find a CCL program for a font specified by FONTP, and set the member
10081 `encoder' of the structure. */
10084 x_find_ccl_program (fontp
)
10085 struct font_info
*fontp
;
10087 Lisp_Object list
, elt
;
10090 for (list
= Vfont_ccl_encoder_alist
; CONSP (list
); list
= XCDR (list
))
10094 && STRINGP (XCAR (elt
))
10095 && ((fast_c_string_match_ignore_case (XCAR (elt
), fontp
->name
)
10097 || (fast_c_string_match_ignore_case (XCAR (elt
), fontp
->full_name
)
10104 struct ccl_program
*ccl
10105 = (struct ccl_program
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct ccl_program
));
10107 if (setup_ccl_program (ccl
, XCDR (elt
)) < 0)
10110 fontp
->font_encoder
= ccl
;
10116 /***********************************************************************
10118 ***********************************************************************/
10120 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10121 static XrmOptionDescRec emacs_options
[] = {
10122 {"-geometry", ".geometry", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
10123 {"-iconic", ".iconic", XrmoptionNoArg
, (XtPointer
) "yes"},
10125 {"-internal-border-width", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth",
10126 XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
10127 {"-ib", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
10129 {"-T", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10130 {"-wn", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10131 {"-title", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10132 {"-iconname", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10133 {"-in", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10134 {"-mc", "*pointerColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10135 {"-cr", "*cursorColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
}
10137 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10139 static int x_initialized
;
10142 static int x_session_initialized
;
10145 #ifdef MULTI_KBOARD
10146 /* Test whether two display-name strings agree up to the dot that separates
10147 the screen number from the server number. */
10149 same_x_server (name1
, name2
)
10150 const char *name1
, *name2
;
10152 int seen_colon
= 0;
10153 const unsigned char *system_name
= SDATA (Vsystem_name
);
10154 int system_name_length
= strlen (system_name
);
10155 int length_until_period
= 0;
10157 while (system_name
[length_until_period
] != 0
10158 && system_name
[length_until_period
] != '.')
10159 length_until_period
++;
10161 /* Treat `unix' like an empty host name. */
10162 if (! strncmp (name1
, "unix:", 5))
10164 if (! strncmp (name2
, "unix:", 5))
10166 /* Treat this host's name like an empty host name. */
10167 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
10168 && name1
[system_name_length
] == ':')
10169 name1
+= system_name_length
;
10170 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
10171 && name2
[system_name_length
] == ':')
10172 name2
+= system_name_length
;
10173 /* Treat this host's domainless name like an empty host name. */
10174 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
10175 && name1
[length_until_period
] == ':')
10176 name1
+= length_until_period
;
10177 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
10178 && name2
[length_until_period
] == ':')
10179 name2
+= length_until_period
;
10181 for (; *name1
!= '\0' && *name1
== *name2
; name1
++, name2
++)
10185 if (seen_colon
&& *name1
== '.')
10189 && (*name1
== '.' || *name1
== '\0')
10190 && (*name2
== '.' || *name2
== '\0'));
10194 /* Count number of set bits in mask and number of bits to shift to
10195 get to the first bit. With MASK 0x7e0, *BITS is set to 6, and *OFFSET
10198 get_bits_and_offset (mask
, bits
, offset
)
10199 unsigned long mask
;
10206 while (!(mask
& 1))
10223 x_display_ok (display
)
10224 const char * display
;
10229 dpy
= XOpenDisplay (display
);
10231 XCloseDisplay (dpy
);
10237 struct x_display_info
*
10238 x_term_init (display_name
, xrm_option
, resource_name
)
10239 Lisp_Object display_name
;
10241 char *resource_name
;
10245 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
10250 if (!x_initialized
)
10258 #define NUM_ARGV 10
10260 char *argv
[NUM_ARGV
];
10261 char **argv2
= argv
;
10264 if (x_initialized
++ > 1)
10266 /* Opening another display. If xg_display_open returns less
10267 than zero, we are probably on GTK 2.0, which can only handle
10268 one display. GTK 2.2 or later can handle more than one. */
10269 if (xg_display_open (SDATA (display_name
), &dpy
) < 0)
10270 error ("Sorry, this version of GTK can only handle one display");
10274 for (argc
= 0; argc
< NUM_ARGV
; ++argc
)
10278 argv
[argc
++] = initial_argv
[0];
10280 if (! NILP (display_name
))
10282 argv
[argc
++] = "--display";
10283 argv
[argc
++] = SDATA (display_name
);
10286 argv
[argc
++] = "--name";
10287 argv
[argc
++] = resource_name
;
10290 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
10293 gtk_init (&argc
, &argv2
);
10295 /* gtk_init does set_locale. We must fix locale after calling it. */
10299 dpy
= GDK_DISPLAY ();
10301 /* NULL window -> events for all windows go to our function */
10302 gdk_window_add_filter (NULL
, event_handler_gdk
, NULL
);
10304 /* Load our own gtkrc if it exists. */
10306 char *file
= "~/.emacs.d/gtkrc";
10307 Lisp_Object s
, abs_file
;
10309 s
= make_string (file
, strlen (file
));
10310 abs_file
= Fexpand_file_name (s
, Qnil
);
10312 if (! NILP (abs_file
) && !NILP (Ffile_readable_p (abs_file
)))
10313 gtk_rc_parse (SDATA (abs_file
));
10316 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
10317 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
10320 #else /* not USE_GTK */
10321 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10322 /* weiner@footloose.sps.mot.com reports that this causes
10324 X protocol error: BadAtom (invalid Atom parameter)
10325 on protocol request 18skiloaf.
10326 So let's not use it until R6. */
10327 #ifdef HAVE_X11XTR6
10328 XtSetLanguageProc (NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
10339 argv
[argc
++] = "-xrm";
10340 argv
[argc
++] = xrm_option
;
10342 turn_on_atimers (0);
10343 dpy
= XtOpenDisplay (Xt_app_con
, SDATA (display_name
),
10344 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
,
10345 emacs_options
, XtNumber (emacs_options
),
10347 turn_on_atimers (1);
10349 #ifdef HAVE_X11XTR6
10350 /* I think this is to compensate for XtSetLanguageProc. */
10355 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10357 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
10359 dpy
= XOpenDisplay (SDATA (display_name
));
10360 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10361 #endif /* not USE_GTK*/
10363 /* Detect failure. */
10370 /* We have definitely succeeded. Record the new connection. */
10372 dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct x_display_info
));
10373 bzero (dpyinfo
, sizeof *dpyinfo
);
10375 #ifdef MULTI_KBOARD
10377 struct x_display_info
*share
;
10380 for (share
= x_display_list
, tail
= x_display_name_list
; share
;
10381 share
= share
->next
, tail
= XCDR (tail
))
10382 if (same_x_server (SDATA (XCAR (XCAR (tail
))),
10383 SDATA (display_name
)))
10386 dpyinfo
->kboard
= share
->kboard
;
10389 dpyinfo
->kboard
= (KBOARD
*) xmalloc (sizeof (KBOARD
));
10390 init_kboard (dpyinfo
->kboard
);
10391 if (!EQ (XSYMBOL (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
)->function
, Qunbound
))
10393 char *vendor
= ServerVendor (dpy
);
10395 dpyinfo
->kboard
->Vsystem_key_alist
10396 = call1 (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
,
10397 build_string (vendor
? vendor
: ""));
10401 dpyinfo
->kboard
->next_kboard
= all_kboards
;
10402 all_kboards
= dpyinfo
->kboard
;
10403 /* Don't let the initial kboard remain current longer than necessary.
10404 That would cause problems if a file loaded on startup tries to
10405 prompt in the mini-buffer. */
10406 if (current_kboard
== initial_kboard
)
10407 current_kboard
= dpyinfo
->kboard
;
10409 dpyinfo
->kboard
->reference_count
++;
10413 /* Put this display on the chain. */
10414 dpyinfo
->next
= x_display_list
;
10415 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
;
10417 /* Put it on x_display_name_list as well, to keep them parallel. */
10418 x_display_name_list
= Fcons (Fcons (display_name
, Qnil
),
10419 x_display_name_list
);
10420 dpyinfo
->name_list_element
= XCAR (x_display_name_list
);
10422 dpyinfo
->display
= dpy
;
10425 XSetAfterFunction (x_current_display
, x_trace_wire
);
10429 = (char *) xmalloc (SBYTES (Vinvocation_name
)
10430 + SBYTES (Vsystem_name
)
10432 sprintf (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
, "%s@%s",
10433 SDATA (Vinvocation_name
), SDATA (Vsystem_name
));
10435 /* Figure out which modifier bits mean what. */
10436 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
10438 /* Get the scroll bar cursor. */
10440 /* We must create a GTK cursor, it is required for GTK widgets. */
10441 dpyinfo
->xg_cursor
= xg_create_default_cursor (dpyinfo
->display
);
10442 #endif /* USE_GTK */
10444 dpyinfo
->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
10445 = XCreateFontCursor (dpyinfo
->display
, XC_sb_v_double_arrow
);
10447 xrdb
= x_load_resources (dpyinfo
->display
, xrm_option
,
10448 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
);
10449 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
10450 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, xrdb
);
10452 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= xrdb
;
10454 /* Put the rdb where we can find it in a way that works on
10456 dpyinfo
->xrdb
= xrdb
;
10458 dpyinfo
->screen
= ScreenOfDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
,
10459 DefaultScreen (dpyinfo
->display
));
10460 select_visual (dpyinfo
);
10461 dpyinfo
->cmap
= DefaultColormapOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10462 dpyinfo
->height
= HeightOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10463 dpyinfo
->width
= WidthOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10464 dpyinfo
->root_window
= RootWindowOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10465 dpyinfo
->client_leader_window
= 0;
10466 dpyinfo
->grabbed
= 0;
10467 dpyinfo
->reference_count
= 0;
10468 dpyinfo
->icon_bitmap_id
= -1;
10469 dpyinfo
->font_table
= NULL
;
10470 dpyinfo
->n_fonts
= 0;
10471 dpyinfo
->font_table_size
= 0;
10472 dpyinfo
->bitmaps
= 0;
10473 dpyinfo
->bitmaps_size
= 0;
10474 dpyinfo
->bitmaps_last
= 0;
10475 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= 0;
10476 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
10477 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
10478 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
10479 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
10480 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_face_id
= DEFAULT_FACE_ID
;
10481 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
10482 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_overlay
= Qnil
;
10483 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
= 0;
10484 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
10485 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
10486 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
10487 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
10488 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
10489 dpyinfo
->image_cache
= make_image_cache ();
10490 dpyinfo
->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
10492 /* See if we can construct pixel values from RGB values. */
10493 dpyinfo
->red_bits
= dpyinfo
->blue_bits
= dpyinfo
->green_bits
= 0;
10494 dpyinfo
->red_offset
= dpyinfo
->blue_offset
= dpyinfo
->green_offset
= 0;
10496 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == TrueColor
)
10498 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->red_mask
,
10499 &dpyinfo
->red_bits
, &dpyinfo
->red_offset
);
10500 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->blue_mask
,
10501 &dpyinfo
->blue_bits
, &dpyinfo
->blue_offset
);
10502 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->green_mask
,
10503 &dpyinfo
->green_bits
, &dpyinfo
->green_offset
);
10506 /* See if a private colormap is requested. */
10507 if (dpyinfo
->visual
== DefaultVisualOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
))
10509 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == PseudoColor
)
10512 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10513 build_string ("privateColormap"),
10514 build_string ("PrivateColormap"),
10516 if (STRINGP (value
)
10517 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "true")
10518 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "on")))
10519 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCopyColormapAndFree (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->cmap
);
10523 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCreateColormap (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10524 dpyinfo
->visual
, AllocNone
);
10527 int screen_number
= XScreenNumberOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10528 double pixels
= DisplayHeight (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10529 double mm
= DisplayHeightMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10530 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
10531 dpyinfo
->resy
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10532 pixels
= DisplayWidth (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10533 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
10534 mm
= DisplayWidthMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10535 dpyinfo
->resx
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10538 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
10539 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_PROTOCOLS", False
);
10540 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
10541 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_TAKE_FOCUS", False
);
10542 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
10543 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_SAVE_YOURSELF", False
);
10544 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
10545 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_DELETE_WINDOW", False
);
10546 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_change_state
10547 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_CHANGE_STATE", False
);
10548 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
10549 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_CONFIGURE_DENIED", False
);
10550 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
10551 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_MOVED", False
);
10552 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_client_leader
10553 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_CLIENT_LEADER", False
);
10554 dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
10555 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "Editres", False
);
10556 dpyinfo
->Xatom_CLIPBOARD
10557 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "CLIPBOARD", False
);
10558 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TIMESTAMP
10559 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TIMESTAMP", False
);
10560 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TEXT
10561 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TEXT", False
);
10562 dpyinfo
->Xatom_COMPOUND_TEXT
10563 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "COMPOUND_TEXT", False
);
10564 dpyinfo
->Xatom_UTF8_STRING
10565 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "UTF8_STRING", False
);
10566 dpyinfo
->Xatom_DELETE
10567 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "DELETE", False
);
10568 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULTIPLE
10569 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "MULTIPLE", False
);
10570 dpyinfo
->Xatom_INCR
10571 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "INCR", False
);
10572 dpyinfo
->Xatom_EMACS_TMP
10573 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_EMACS_TMP_", False
);
10574 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TARGETS
10575 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TARGETS", False
);
10576 dpyinfo
->Xatom_NULL
10577 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "NULL", False
);
10578 dpyinfo
->Xatom_ATOM_PAIR
10579 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "ATOM_PAIR", False
);
10580 /* For properties of font. */
10581 dpyinfo
->Xatom_PIXEL_SIZE
10582 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "PIXEL_SIZE", False
);
10583 dpyinfo
->Xatom_AVERAGE_WIDTH
10584 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "AVERAGE_WIDTH", False
);
10585 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET
10586 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET", False
);
10587 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE
10588 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE", False
);
10589 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT
10590 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT", False
);
10592 /* Ghostscript support. */
10593 dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "PAGE", False
);
10594 dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "DONE", False
);
10596 dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "SCROLLBAR",
10599 dpyinfo
->cut_buffers_initialized
= 0;
10601 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_size
= 8;
10602 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_length
= 0;
10603 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
= xmalloc (sizeof (*dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
)
10604 * dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_size
);
10606 connection
= ConnectionNumber (dpyinfo
->display
);
10607 dpyinfo
->connection
= connection
;
10612 null_bits
[0] = 0x00;
10614 dpyinfo
->null_pixel
10615 = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10616 null_bits
, 1, 1, (long) 0, (long) 0,
10621 extern int gray_bitmap_width
, gray_bitmap_height
;
10622 extern char *gray_bitmap_bits
;
10624 = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10626 gray_bitmap_width
, gray_bitmap_height
,
10627 (unsigned long) 1, (unsigned long) 0, 1);
10631 xim_initialize (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
10634 #ifdef subprocesses
10635 /* This is only needed for distinguishing keyboard and process input. */
10636 if (connection
!= 0)
10637 add_keyboard_wait_descriptor (connection
);
10640 #ifndef F_SETOWN_BUG
10642 #ifdef F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG
10643 /* stdin is a socket here */
10644 fcntl (connection
, F_SETOWN
, -getpid ());
10645 #else /* ! defined (F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG) */
10646 fcntl (connection
, F_SETOWN
, getpid ());
10647 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG) */
10648 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN) */
10649 #endif /* F_SETOWN_BUG */
10652 if (interrupt_input
)
10653 init_sigio (connection
);
10654 #endif /* ! defined (SIGIO) */
10657 #ifdef HAVE_X11R5 /* It seems X11R4 lacks XtCvtStringToFont, and XPointer. */
10658 /* Make sure that we have a valid font for dialog boxes
10659 so that Xt does not crash. */
10661 Display
*dpy
= dpyinfo
->display
;
10662 XrmValue d
, fr
, to
;
10665 d
.addr
= (XPointer
)&dpy
;
10666 d
.size
= sizeof (Display
*);
10667 fr
.addr
= XtDefaultFont
;
10668 fr
.size
= sizeof (XtDefaultFont
);
10669 to
.size
= sizeof (Font
*);
10670 to
.addr
= (XPointer
)&font
;
10671 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
10672 if (!XtCallConverter (dpy
, XtCvtStringToFont
, &d
, 1, &fr
, &to
, NULL
))
10674 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
) || !XQueryFont (dpy
, font
))
10675 XrmPutLineResource (&xrdb
, "Emacs.dialog.*.font: 9x15");
10676 x_uncatch_errors ();
10681 /* See if we should run in synchronous mode. This is useful
10682 for debugging X code. */
10685 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10686 build_string ("synchronous"),
10687 build_string ("Synchronous"),
10689 if (STRINGP (value
)
10690 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "true")
10691 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "on")))
10692 XSynchronize (dpyinfo
->display
, True
);
10697 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10698 build_string ("useXIM"),
10699 build_string ("UseXIM"),
10702 if (STRINGP (value
)
10703 && (!strcmp (XSTRING (value
)->data
, "false")
10704 || !strcmp (XSTRING (value
)->data
, "off")))
10707 if (STRINGP (value
)
10708 && (!strcmp (XSTRING (value
)->data
, "true")
10709 || !strcmp (XSTRING (value
)->data
, "on")))
10715 /* Only do this for the first display. */
10716 if (!x_session_initialized
++)
10717 x_session_initialize (dpyinfo
);
10725 /* Get rid of display DPYINFO, assuming all frames are already gone,
10726 and without sending any more commands to the X server. */
10729 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
)
10730 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
10734 delete_keyboard_wait_descriptor (dpyinfo
->connection
);
10736 /* Discard this display from x_display_name_list and x_display_list.
10737 We can't use Fdelq because that can quit. */
10738 if (! NILP (x_display_name_list
)
10739 && EQ (XCAR (x_display_name_list
), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
10740 x_display_name_list
= XCDR (x_display_name_list
);
10745 tail
= x_display_name_list
;
10746 while (CONSP (tail
) && CONSP (XCDR (tail
)))
10748 if (EQ (XCAR (XCDR (tail
)), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
10750 XSETCDR (tail
, XCDR (XCDR (tail
)));
10753 tail
= XCDR (tail
);
10757 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== dpyinfo
)
10758 next_noop_dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10760 if (x_display_list
== dpyinfo
)
10761 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10764 struct x_display_info
*tail
;
10766 for (tail
= x_display_list
; tail
; tail
= tail
->next
)
10767 if (tail
->next
== dpyinfo
)
10768 tail
->next
= tail
->next
->next
;
10771 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT /* I'm told Xt does this itself. */
10772 #ifndef AIX /* On AIX, XCloseDisplay calls this. */
10773 XrmDestroyDatabase (dpyinfo
->xrdb
);
10776 #ifdef MULTI_KBOARD
10777 if (--dpyinfo
->kboard
->reference_count
== 0)
10778 delete_kboard (dpyinfo
->kboard
);
10782 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo
);
10785 /* Free the font names in the font table. */
10786 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; i
++)
10787 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
)
10789 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
!= dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].full_name
)
10790 xfree (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].full_name
);
10791 xfree (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
);
10794 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
)
10796 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
->font_encoder
)
10797 xfree (dpyinfo
->font_table
->font_encoder
);
10798 xfree (dpyinfo
->font_table
);
10800 if (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
)
10801 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
);
10802 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
)
10803 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
10807 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10809 /* Atimer callback function for TIMER. Called every 0.1s to process
10810 Xt timeouts, if needed. We must avoid calling XtAppPending as
10811 much as possible because that function does an implicit XFlush
10812 that slows us down. */
10815 x_process_timeouts (timer
)
10816 struct atimer
*timer
;
10818 if (toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
|| popup_activated ())
10821 while (XtAppPending (Xt_app_con
) & XtIMTimer
)
10822 XtAppProcessEvent (Xt_app_con
, XtIMTimer
);
10827 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10830 /* Set up use of X before we make the first connection. */
10832 extern frame_parm_handler x_frame_parm_handlers
[];
10834 static struct redisplay_interface x_redisplay_interface
=
10836 x_frame_parm_handlers
,
10840 x_clear_end_of_line
,
10842 x_after_update_window_line
,
10843 x_update_window_begin
,
10844 x_update_window_end
,
10850 0, /* flush_display_optional */
10852 x_clear_window_mouse_face
,
10853 x_get_glyph_overhangs
,
10854 x_fix_overlapping_area
,
10855 x_draw_fringe_bitmap
,
10856 0, /* define_fringe_bitmap */
10857 0, /* destroy_fringe_bitmap */
10860 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs
,
10861 x_draw_glyph_string
,
10862 x_define_frame_cursor
,
10863 x_clear_frame_area
,
10864 x_draw_window_cursor
,
10865 x_draw_vertical_window_border
,
10866 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert
10872 rif
= &x_redisplay_interface
;
10874 clear_frame_hook
= x_clear_frame
;
10875 ins_del_lines_hook
= x_ins_del_lines
;
10876 delete_glyphs_hook
= x_delete_glyphs
;
10877 ring_bell_hook
= XTring_bell
;
10878 reset_terminal_modes_hook
= XTreset_terminal_modes
;
10879 set_terminal_modes_hook
= XTset_terminal_modes
;
10880 update_begin_hook
= x_update_begin
;
10881 update_end_hook
= x_update_end
;
10882 set_terminal_window_hook
= XTset_terminal_window
;
10883 read_socket_hook
= XTread_socket
;
10884 frame_up_to_date_hook
= XTframe_up_to_date
;
10885 mouse_position_hook
= XTmouse_position
;
10886 frame_rehighlight_hook
= XTframe_rehighlight
;
10887 frame_raise_lower_hook
= XTframe_raise_lower
;
10888 set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook
= XTset_vertical_scroll_bar
;
10889 condemn_scroll_bars_hook
= XTcondemn_scroll_bars
;
10890 redeem_scroll_bar_hook
= XTredeem_scroll_bar
;
10891 judge_scroll_bars_hook
= XTjudge_scroll_bars
;
10893 scroll_region_ok
= 1; /* we'll scroll partial frames */
10894 char_ins_del_ok
= 1;
10895 line_ins_del_ok
= 1; /* we'll just blt 'em */
10896 fast_clear_end_of_line
= 1; /* X does this well */
10897 memory_below_frame
= 0; /* we don't remember what scrolls
10902 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
10903 any_help_event_p
= 0;
10904 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
10906 x_session_initialized
= 0;
10910 current_count
= -1;
10913 /* Try to use interrupt input; if we can't, then start polling. */
10914 Fset_input_mode (Qt
, Qnil
, Qt
, Qnil
);
10916 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10917 XtToolkitInitialize ();
10919 Xt_app_con
= XtCreateApplicationContext ();
10921 /* Register a converter from strings to pixels, which uses
10922 Emacs' color allocation infrastructure. */
10923 XtAppSetTypeConverter (Xt_app_con
,
10924 XtRString
, XtRPixel
, cvt_string_to_pixel
,
10925 cvt_string_to_pixel_args
,
10926 XtNumber (cvt_string_to_pixel_args
),
10927 XtCacheByDisplay
, cvt_pixel_dtor
);
10929 XtAppSetFallbackResources (Xt_app_con
, Xt_default_resources
);
10931 /* Install an asynchronous timer that processes Xt timeout events
10932 every 0.1s. This is necessary because some widget sets use
10933 timeouts internally, for example the LessTif menu bar, or the
10934 Xaw3d scroll bar. When Xt timouts aren't processed, these
10935 widgets don't behave normally. */
10937 EMACS_TIME interval
;
10938 EMACS_SET_SECS_USECS (interval
, 0, 100000);
10939 start_atimer (ATIMER_CONTINUOUS
, interval
, x_process_timeouts
, 0);
10943 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10945 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= False
;
10946 xaw3d_pick_top
= True
;
10950 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
10951 original error handler. */
10952 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
10953 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
10955 /* Disable Window Change signals; they are handled by X events. */
10957 signal (SIGWINCH
, SIG_DFL
);
10958 #endif /* SIGWINCH */
10960 signal (SIGPIPE
, x_connection_signal
);
10967 x_error_message
= NULL
;
10969 staticpro (&x_display_name_list
);
10970 x_display_name_list
= Qnil
;
10972 staticpro (&last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
10973 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
10975 staticpro (&Qvendor_specific_keysyms
);
10976 Qvendor_specific_keysyms
= intern ("vendor-specific-keysyms");
10978 staticpro (&Qutf_8
);
10979 Qutf_8
= intern ("utf-8");
10980 staticpro (&Qlatin_1
);
10981 Qlatin_1
= intern ("latin-1");
10983 staticpro (&last_mouse_press_frame
);
10984 last_mouse_press_frame
= Qnil
;
10986 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-use-underline-position-properties",
10987 &x_use_underline_position_properties
,
10988 doc
: /* *Non-nil means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties.
10989 nil means ignore them. If you encounter fonts with bogus
10990 UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties, for example 7x13 on XFree prior
10991 to 4.1, set this to nil. */);
10992 x_use_underline_position_properties
= 1;
10994 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-underline-at-descent-line",
10995 &x_underline_at_descent_line
,
10996 doc
: /* *Non-nil means to draw the underline at the same place as the descent line.
10997 nil means to draw the underline according to the value of the variable
10998 `x-use-underline-position-properties', which is usually at the baseline
10999 level. The default value is nil. */);
11000 x_underline_at_descent_line
= 0;
11002 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-mouse-click-focus-ignore-position",
11003 &x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
,
11004 doc
: /* Non-nil means that a mouse click to focus a frame does not move point.
11005 This variable is only used when the window manager requires that you
11006 click on a frame to select it (give it focus). In that case, a value
11007 of nil, means that the selected window and cursor position changes to
11008 reflect the mouse click position, while a non-nil value means that the
11009 selected window or cursor position is preserved. */);
11010 x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
= 0;
11012 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-toolkit-scroll-bars", &Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
,
11013 doc
: /* What X toolkit scroll bars Emacs uses.
11014 A value of nil means Emacs doesn't use X toolkit scroll bars.
11015 Otherwise, value is a symbol describing the X toolkit. */);
11016 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
11018 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("motif");
11019 #elif defined HAVE_XAW3D
11020 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("xaw3d");
11022 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("gtk");
11024 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("xaw");
11027 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= Qnil
;
11030 staticpro (&last_mouse_motion_frame
);
11031 last_mouse_motion_frame
= Qnil
;
11033 Qmodifier_value
= intern ("modifier-value");
11034 Qalt
= intern ("alt");
11035 Fput (Qalt
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (alt_modifier
));
11036 Qhyper
= intern ("hyper");
11037 Fput (Qhyper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (hyper_modifier
));
11038 Qmeta
= intern ("meta");
11039 Fput (Qmeta
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (meta_modifier
));
11040 Qsuper
= intern ("super");
11041 Fput (Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (super_modifier
));
11043 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-alt-keysym", &Vx_alt_keysym
,
11044 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the alt modifier.
11045 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
11046 For example, `alt' means use the Alt_L and Alt_R keysyms. The default
11047 is nil, which is the same as `alt'. */);
11048 Vx_alt_keysym
= Qnil
;
11050 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-hyper-keysym", &Vx_hyper_keysym
,
11051 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the hyper modifier.
11052 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
11053 For example, `hyper' means use the Hyper_L and Hyper_R keysyms. The
11054 default is nil, which is the same as `hyper'. */);
11055 Vx_hyper_keysym
= Qnil
;
11057 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-meta-keysym", &Vx_meta_keysym
,
11058 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the meta modifier.
11059 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
11060 For example, `meta' means use the Meta_L and Meta_R keysyms. The
11061 default is nil, which is the same as `meta'. */);
11062 Vx_meta_keysym
= Qnil
;
11064 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-super-keysym", &Vx_super_keysym
,
11065 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the super modifier.
11066 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
11067 For example, `super' means use the Super_L and Super_R keysyms. The
11068 default is nil, which is the same as `super'. */);
11069 Vx_super_keysym
= Qnil
;
11071 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-keysym-table", &Vx_keysym_table
,
11072 doc
: /* Hash table of character codes indexed by X keysym codes. */);
11073 Vx_keysym_table
= make_hash_table (Qeql
, make_number (900),
11074 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_SIZE
),
11075 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_THRESHOLD
),
11079 #endif /* HAVE_X_WINDOWS */
11081 /* arch-tag: 6d4e4cb7-abc1-4302-9585-d84dcfb09d0f
11082 (do not change this comment) */